Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Diagnostics & Research / Trinity Biotech plc

Trinity Biotech plc

trib · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker trib
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Diagnostics & Research
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Trinity Biotech plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

‘ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR
È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
OR

‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934

‘ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

For the transition period from

to

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report
Commission file number: 0-22320

Trinity Biotech plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Ireland
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
IDA Business Park, Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland
(Address of principal executive offices)
Kevin Tansley
Chief Financial Officer
Tel: +353 1276 9800
Fax: +353 1276 988
8IDA Business Park, Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

None
None
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
American Depositary Shares (each representing 4 ‘A’ Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0109)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the

annual report:

92,296,506 Class ‘A’ Ordinary Shares
(as of December 31, 2013)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ‘ No È
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ‘ No È

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act

of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes È No ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ‘ No ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of

“accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ‘

Accelerated filer È

Non-accelerated filer ‘

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ‘

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board È

Other ‘

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has

elected to follow: Item 17 ‘ Item 18 ‘

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange

Act). Yes ‘ No È

This Annual Report on Form 20-F is incorporated by reference into our Registration Statements on Form S-8 File No. 33-76384,

333-220, 333-5532, 333-7762, 333-124384 and 333-166590.

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

   General
   Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors
   Offer statistics and Expected timetable
   Selected Consolidated Financial Data
   Information on the Company
   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
   Directors and Senior Management
   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
   Financial Information
   The Offer and Listing

Item 1 
Item 2 
Item 3 
Item 4 
Item 5 
Item 6 
Item 7 
Item 8 
Item 9 
Item 10     Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation
Item 11     Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 12     Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

PART II

Item 13     Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
Item 14     Material Modification to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Item 15     Control and Procedures
Item 16A   Audit Committee Financial Expert
Item 16B    Code of Ethics
Item 16C    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Item 16D   Exemptions from the Listing Requirements and Standards for Audit Committee
Item 16E    Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Item 16F    Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Item 16G   Corporate Governance

Item 17     Consolidated Financial Statements
Item 18     Consolidated Financial Statements
Item 19     Exhibits

PART III

   Page  
1  
1  

1  
1  
1  
7  
16  
36  
42  
44  
44  
46  
57  
58  

58  
58  
58  
60  
60  
60  
61  
61  
61  
61  

62  
62  
  131  

  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
General  
As used herein, references to “we”, “us”, “Trinity Biotech” or the “Group” in this form 20-F shall mean Trinity Biotech plc and its 
world-wide subsidiaries, collectively. References to the “Company” in this annual report shall mean Trinity Biotech plc.  

Our financial statements are presented in US Dollars and are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) both as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as adopted by the European Union 
(“EU”). The IFRS applied are those effective for accounting periods beginning 1 January 2013. Consolidated financial statements are 
required by Irish law to comply with IFRS as adopted by the EU which differ in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the 
IASB. These differences predominantly relate to the timing of adoption of new standards by the EU. However, as none of the 
differences are relevant in the context of Trinity Biotech, the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented comply with 
IFRS both as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU. All references in this annual report to “Dollars” and “$” are to US 
Dollars, and all references to “Euro” or “€” are to European Union Euro. Except as otherwise stated herein, all monetary amounts in 
this annual report have been presented in US Dollars. For presentation purposes all financial information, including comparative 
figures from prior periods, have been stated in round thousands.  

Forward-Looking Statements  
This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 
provides a safe harbor from civil litigation for forward-looking statements accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements. Except 
for historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which may be identified by words such as “estimates”, 
“anticipates”, “projects”, “plans”, “seeks”, “may”, “will”, “expects”, “intends”, “believes”, “should” and similar expressions or the 
negative versions thereof and which also may be identified by their context. Such statements, whether expressed or implied, are based 
upon current expectations of the Company and speak only as of the date made. The Company assumes no obligation to publicly 
update or revise any forward-looking statements even if experience or future changes make it clear that any projected results 
expressed or implied therein will not be realized. These statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors – please 
refer to the risk factors in Item 3 for a more comprehensive outline of these risks and the threats which they pose to the Company and 
its results.  

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Item 1
Not applicable.  

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 

Item 2
Not applicable.  

Item 3

Selected Consolidated Financial Data 

The following selected consolidated financial data of Trinity Biotech as at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the audited consolidated 
financial statements and notes thereto set forth in Item 18 of this annual report. The selected consolidated financial data as at 
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are derived from the audited 
consolidated financial statements not appearing in this Annual Report. This data should be read in conjunction with the financial 
statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere herein.  

1 

  
  
  
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

Revenues 
Cost of sales* 
Gross profit 
Other operating income 
Research and development expenses 
Total research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Total selling, general and administrative expenses 
Net gain on divestment of business and restructuring 

expenses 
Operating profit 
Financial income 
Financial expenses 
Net financing income/(costs) 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year (all attributable to owners of the 

parent) 

Basic earnings per ADS (US Dollars) 
Diluted earnings per ADS (US Dollars)
Basic earnings per ‘A’ ordinary share (US Dollars) 
Diluted earnings per ‘A’ ordinary share (US Dollars) 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing basic 

EPS per ‘A’ ordinary share 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing 

diluted EPS per ‘A’ ordinary share 

2013
Total 
US$‘000

2012
Total 
US$‘000

Year ended December, 31
2011
Total 
US$‘000 

82,510    
(40,257) 
42,253    
468    
(3,130) 
(3,130)  
(22,425)  
(22,425)  

77,948      
(37,820)    
40,128      
910      
(3,206)    
(3,206)    
(22,048)    
(22,048)    

2010 
Total 
US$‘000 

89,635      
(45,690)    
43,945      
1,616      
(4,603)    
(4,603)    
(26,929)    
(26,929)    

2009
Total 
US$‘000

125,907  
(68,891) 
57,016  
437  
(7,341) 
(7,341) 
(36,013) 
(36,013) 

—      
17,166  
2,280  
(88)  
2,192  
19,358    
(2,017)  

17,341    
0.81    
0.77    
0.20    
0.19  

—        
15,784      
2,428      
(12)    
2,416      
18,200      
(2,607)    

15,593      
0.73      
0.70      
0.18      
0.18      

46,474      
60,503      
1,352      
(495)    
857      
61,360      
(942)    

60,418      
2.85      
2.79      
0.71      
0.70      

—    
14,099  
8  
(1,192) 
(1,184) 
12,915  
(1,091) 

11,824  
0.57  
0.57  
0.14  
0.14  

91,216    
(45,996) 
45,220    
532    
(3,691) 
(3,691)  
(33,066)  
(33,066)  

—      
8,995  
1,276  
(51)  
1,225  
10,220    
(574)  

9,646    
0.44    
0.41    
0.11    
0.10  

   87,746,588     85,675,284     85,171,494      84,734,378      83,737,884  

   93,712,698     89,773,616     88,912,596      86,661,535      83,772,094  

* Cost of sales for 2013 includes Medical Device Excise Tax of US$691,000 (2012: US$Nil). 

2 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data  

Net current assets (current assets less current 

liabilities) 

Non-current liabilities 
Total assets 
Capital stock 
Shareholders’ equity 

December 31,
2013 
US$’000

December 31,
2012 
US$’000

December 31, 
2011 
US$’000

December 31, 
2010 
US$’000 

December 31,
2009 
US$’000

55,766    
(22,499)  
  226,486    
1,170    
  183,011    

97,531    
(15,061)  
197,407    
1,134    
169,380    

101,684    
(6,838)  
171,499    
1,106    
151,332    

89,068    
(7,331)  
  160,874    
1,092    
  141,287    

42,835  
(27,500) 
  132,445  
1,080  
79,344  

A final dividend of 20 cents per ADS was paid in 2013 in respect of the financial year 2012 (15 cents per ADS paid in 2012 in respect 
of the financial year 2011 and 10 cents per ADS paid in 2011 in respect of the financial year 2010, no dividends were declared in the 
period ended December 31, 2009). The dividend payable in respect of the 2013 financial year will be proposed by the Directors prior 
to the next AGM, to be held in June 2014.  

Risk Factors  

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 20-F, including the following risk factors, when investing 
in our securities. The risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we 
presently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. We could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks.  

Our long-term success depends upon the successful development and commercialization of new products.  
•

  Our long-term viability and growth will depend upon the successful discovery, development and commercialization of other 

products from our research and development (“R&D”) activities. We are committed to significant expenditure on R&D. 
However, there is no certainty that this investment in research and development will yield technically feasible or commercially 
viable products. Development of new diagnostic tests is subject to very stringent regulatory control and very significant costs in 
research, development and marketing. Failure to introduce new products could significantly slow our growth and adversely 
affect our market share.  

Technological advances in the industry could render our products obsolete.  
•

  We have invested in research and development but there can be no guarantees that our R&D programmes will not be rendered 

technologically obsolete or financially non-viable by the technological advances of our competitors, which would also adversely 
affect our existing product lines and inventory. The main competitors of Trinity Biotech (and their principal products with which 
Trinity Biotech competes) include: Abbott Diagnostics (AxSYM™, IMx™), Alere Inc. (Determine™, Wampole™, Athena™), 
Arkray (HA-8180), Bio-Rad (ELISA, WB, Bioplex™, Variant II, Turbo and D10™), Diasorin Inc. (Liasion™, ETIMAX™), 
Johnson & Johnson – Ortho Clinical Diagnostics (Vitros™), OraSure Technologies, Inc. (OraQuick  ), Roche Diagnostics 
(COBAS AMPLICOR™, Ampliscreen™, Accutrend™, Tina Quant™), Siemens – Beckman Coulter (Uni-Cel), Siemens – 
Dade-Behring (BEP 2000, Enzygnost ), Siemens – Bayer (Centaur™), Siemens – DPC (Immulite™), Thermo Fisher 
(Konelab™) and Tosoh (G8™).  

®

®

We may be unable to protect or obtain proprietary rights that we utilize or intend to utilize.  
•

  In developing and manufacturing our products, we employ a variety of proprietary and patented technologies. In addition, we 
have licensed, and expect to continue to license, various complementary technologies and methods from academic institutions 
and public and private companies. We cannot provide any assurance that the technologies that we own or license provide 
protection from competitive threats or from challenges to our intellectual property. In addition, we cannot provide any 
assurances that we will be successful in obtaining licences or proprietary or patented technologies in the future, or that licences 
granted to us by third parties will not be granted to other third parties who could potentially compete with us.  

3 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
Product infringement claims by other companies could result in costly disputes and could limit our ability to sell our products. 

•

  Litigation over intellectual property rights is prevalent in the diagnostic industry. As the market for diagnostics continues to 

grow and the number of participants in the market increases, we may increasingly be subject to patent infringement claims. It is 
possible that a third-party may claim infringement against us. If found to infringe, we may attempt to obtain a licence to such 
intellectual property; however, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Additionally, if our products are found to 
infringe on third-party intellectual property, we may be required to pay damages for past infringement and lose the ability to sell 
certain products, causing our revenues to decrease. Any substantial loss resulting from such a claim could have a material 
adverse affect on our profitability and the damage to our reputation in the industry could have a material adverse affect on our 
business.  

Our business is heavily regulated and non-compliance with applicable regulations could reduce revenues and profitability.  
•

  Our manufacturing and marketing of diagnostic test kits are subject to government regulation in the United States of America by 

the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), and by comparable regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. The approval 
process for our products, while variable across countries, is generally lengthy, time consuming, detailed and expensive. Our 
continued success is dependent on our ability to develop and market new products, some of which are currently awaiting 
approval from these regulatory authorities. There is no certainty that such approval will be granted or, even once granted, will 
not be revoked during the continuing review and monitoring process. 

•

  We are required to comply with extensive post market regulatory requirements. Non-compliance with applicable regulatory 

requirements of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory bodies can result in enforcement action which may include recalling 
products, ceasing product marketing, paying significant fines and penalties, and similar actions that could limit product sales, 
delay product shipment, and adversely affect profitability. 

Our business could be adversely affected by changing conditions in the diagnostic market.  
•

  The diagnostics industry is in transition with a number of changes that affect the market for diagnostic test products. Changes in 
the healthcare industry delivery system have resulted in major consolidation among reference laboratories and in the formation 
of multi-hospital alliances, reducing the number of institutional customers for diagnostic test products. There can be no 
assurance that we will be able to enter into and/or sustain contractual or other marketing or distribution arrangements on a 
satisfactory commercial basis with these institutional customers. 

Future acquisitions may be less successful than expected, and therefore, growth may be limited.  
•

  Trinity Biotech has historically grown organically and through the acquisition of, and investment in, other companies, product 
lines and technologies. There can be no guarantees that recent or future acquisitions can be successfully assimilated or that 
projected growth in revenues or synergies in operating costs can be achieved. Our ability to integrate future acquisitions may 
also be adversely affected by inexperience in dealing with new technologies, and changes in regulatory or competitive 
environments. Additionally, even during a successful integration, the investment of management’s time and resources in the new 
enterprise may be detrimental to the consolidation and growth of our existing business. 

Our revenues are highly dependent on a network of distributors worldwide.  
•

  Trinity Biotech currently distributes its product portfolio through distributors in approximately 110 countries worldwide. Our 
continuing economic success and financial security is dependent on our ability to secure effective channels of distribution on 
favourable trading terms with suitable distributors.  

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our patent applications could be rejected or the existing patents could be challenged; our technologies could be subject to patent 
infringement claims; and trade secrets and confidential know-how could be obtained by competitors.  

•

•

•

  We can provide no assurance that the patents Trinity Biotech may apply for will be obtained or that existing patents will 
not be challenged. The patents owned by Trinity Biotech and its subsidiaries may be challenged by third parties through 
litigation and could adversely affect the value of our patents. We can provide no assurance that our patents will continue to 
be commercially valuable.  
  Trinity Biotech currently owns 13 US patents with remaining patent lives varying from two years to 17 years.  
  Also, our technologies could be subject to claims of infringement of patents or proprietary technology owned by others. 

The cost of enforcing our patent and technology rights against infringers or defending our patents and technologies against 
infringement charges by others may be high and could adversely affect our business. 

•

  Trade secrets and confidential know-how are important to our scientific and commercial success. Although we seek to 

protect our proprietary information through confidentiality agreements and other contracts, we can provide no assurance 
that others will not independently develop the same or similar information or gain access to our proprietary information. 

Trinity Biotech may be subject to liability resulting from its products or services.  

•

  Trinity Biotech may be subject to claims for personal injuries or other damages resulting from its products or services. 
Trinity Biotech has global product liability insurance in place for its manufacturing subsidiaries up to a maximum of 
€6,500,000 (US$8,962,000) for any one accident, limited to a maximum of €6,500,000 (US$8,962,000) in any one year 
period of insurance. A deductible of US$25,000 is applicable to each insurance event that may arise. There can be no 
assurance that our product liability insurance is sufficient to protect us against liability that could have a material adverse 
effect on our business.  

Significant interruptions in production at our principal manufacturing facilities and/or third-party manufacturing facilities would 
adversely affect our business and operating results.  

•

  Products manufactured at our facilities in Bray, Ireland, Newmarket and Cambridge, UK, Jamestown and Buffalo, New 
York, Kansas City, Missouri and Carlsbad, California comprised approximately 84% of revenues in 2013. Our global 
supply of these products and services is dependent on the uninterrupted and efficient operation of these facilities. In 
addition, we currently rely on a small number of third-party manufacturers to produce certain of our diagnostic products 
and product components. The operations of our facilities or these third-party manufacturing facilities could be adversely 
affected by fire, power failures, natural or other disasters, such as earthquakes, floods, or terrorist threats. Although we 
carry insurance to protect against certain business interruptions at our facilities, there can be no assurance that such 
coverage will be adequate or that such coverage will continue to remain available on acceptable terms, if at all. Any 
significant interruption in the Group’s or third-party manufacturing capabilities could materially and adversely affect our 
operating results.  

We are highly dependent on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of these 
employees could adversely affect our operations.  

•

  Trinity Biotech’s success is dependent on certain key management personnel. Our key employees at December 31, 2013 
were Ronan O’Caoimh, our CEO and Chairman, Rory Nealon, our COO, Jim Walsh, our Chief Scientific Officer and 
Kevin Tansley, our CFO/Company Secretary. If such key employees were to leave and we were unable to obtain adequate 
replacements, our operating results could be adversely affected. 

We are dependent on suppliers for the primary raw materials required for its test kits.  

•

  The primary raw materials required for Trinity Biotech’s test kits consist of antibodies, antigens or other reagents, glass 

fibre and packaging materials which are acquired from third parties. Although Trinity Biotech does not expect to be 
dependent upon any one source for these raw materials, alternative sources of antibodies with the characteristics and 
quality desired by Trinity Biotech may not be available. Such unavailability could affect the quality of our products and 
our ability to meet orders for specific products.  

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We could be adversely affected by healthcare reform legislation. 

•

  Third-party payers for medical products and services, including state and federal governments, are increasingly concerned 

about escalating health care costs and can indirectly affect the pricing or the relative attractiveness of our products by 
regulating the maximum amount of reimbursement they will provide for diagnostic testing services. Following years of 
increasing pressure, during 2010 the U.S. government enacted comprehensive healthcare reform. At present, given the 
infancy of the enacted reform, we are unable to predict what effect the legislation might ultimately have on reimbursement 
rates for our products. If reimbursement amounts for diagnostic testing services are decreased in the future, such decreases 
may reduce the amount that will be reimbursed to hospitals or physicians for such services and consequently could place 
constraints on the levels of overall pricing, which could have a material effect on our sales and/or results of operations. In 
addition, this legislation established a 2.3% excise tax on the sales of medical devices beginning in calendar year 2013. 

•

  Other elements of this and other future legislation could meaningfully change the way healthcare is developed and 

delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business. 

Global economic conditions may have a material adverse impact on our results.  

•

  We currently generate significant operating cash flows, which combined with access to the credit markets provides us with 
discretionary funding capacity for research and development and other strategic activities. Uncertainty in global economic 
conditions poses a risk to the overall economy that could impact demand for our products, as well as our ability to manage 
normal commercial relationships with our customers, suppliers and creditors, including financial institutions. If global 
economic conditions deteriorate significantly, our business could be negatively impacted, including such areas as reduced 
demand for our products from a slow-down in the general economy, supplier or customer disruptions resulting from tighter 
credit markets and/or temporary interruptions in our ability to conduct day-to-day transactions through our financial 
intermediaries involving the payment to or collection of funds from our customers, vendors and suppliers.  

Our sales and operations are subject to the risks of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  

•

  A substantial portion of our operations is based in Ireland and Europe is one of our main sales territories. As a result, 

changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the Euro can have significant effects on our results of operations. 
Since the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB in 2012 and the blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd in 2013, the 
Group also has a currency exposure to the Swedish Krona and Sterling. 

The conversion of our outstanding employee share options and warrants would dilute the ownership interest of existing 
shareholders.  
•

  The total share options and warrants exercisable at December 2013, as described in Item 18, Note 18 to the consolidated 

financial statements, are convertible into American Depository Shares (ADSs), 1 ADS representing 4 Class “A” Ordinary 
Shares. The exercise of the share options exercisable and of the warrants will likely occur only when the conversion price 
is below the trading price of our ADSs and will dilute the ownership interests of existing shareholders. For instance, should 
the options and warrant holders of the 3,018,915 ‘A’ Ordinary shares (754,729 ADSs) exercisable at December 31, 2013 
be exercised, Trinity Biotech would have to issue 3,018,915 additional ‘A’ ordinary shares (754,729 ADSs). On the basis 
of 92,296,506 ‘A’ ordinary shares outstanding at December 31, 2013, this would effectively dilute the ownership interest 
of the existing shareholders by approximately 3%. 

It could be difficult for US holders of ADSs to enforce any securities laws claims against Trinity Biotech, its officers or directors 
in Irish Courts.  
•

  At present, no treaty exists between the United States and Ireland for the reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgements. 
The laws of Ireland do however, as a general rule, provide that the judgements of the courts of the United States have in 
Ireland the same validity as if rendered by Irish Courts. Certain important requirements must be satisfied before the Irish 
Courts will recognise the United States judgement. The originating court must have been a court of competent jurisdiction, 
the judgement may not be recognised if it is based on public policy, was obtained by fraud or its recognition would be 
contrary to Irish public policy. Any judgement obtained in contravention of the rules of natural justice will not be enforced 
in Ireland.  

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information on the Company

Item 4
History and Development of the Company  
Trinity Biotech (“the Group”) develops, acquires, manufactures and markets medical diagnostic products for the clinical laboratory 
and Point-of-Care (“POC”) segments of the diagnostic market. These products are used to detect autoimmune, infectious and sexually 
transmitted diseases, diabetes and disorders of the liver and intestine. The Group is also a significant provider of raw materials to the 
life sciences industry. The Group sells worldwide in approximately 110 countries through its own sales force and a network of 
international distributors and strategic partners.  

Trinity Biotech was incorporated as a public limited company (“plc”) registered in Ireland in 1992. The Company commenced 
operations in 1992 and, in October 1992, completed an initial public offering of its securities in the US. The principal offices of the 
Group are located at IDA Business Park, Bray, Co Wicklow, Ireland. The Group has expanded its product base through internal 
development and acquisitions.  

The Group, which has its headquarters in Bray, Ireland, employs approximately 571 people worldwide and markets its portfolio of 
almost 400 products to customers in approximately 110 countries around the world. Trinity Biotech markets its products in the US 
through a direct sales force and in the rest of the world through a combination of direct selling and a network of distributors. Trinity 
Biotech has manufacturing facilities in Bray, Ireland, in Cambridge and Newmarket in the UK, in Jamestown and Buffalo, New York, 
Carlsbad, California and Kansas City, Missouri in the USA.  

In 2010, the Group sold its worldwide Coagulation product line to Diagnostica Stago for US$90 million. Diagnostica Stago purchased 
the share capital of Trinity Biotech (UK Sales) Limited, Trinity Biotech GmbH and Trinity Biotech S.à r.l., along with Coagulation 
assets of Biopool US Inc. and Trinity Biotech Manufacturing Limited. Included in the sale was Trinity’s lists of Coagulation 
customers and suppliers, all Coagulation inventory, intellectual property and developed technology. In total, 321 Trinity employees 
transferred their employment to Diagnostica Stago following the sale.  

The following represents the acquisitions made by Trinity Biotech in recent years:  

Acquisition of Immco Diagnostics Inc  
In 2013, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Immco Diagnostics Inc (‘Immco’) for US$32.88m.  

Immco, which is headquartered in Buffalo, New York, specialises in the development, manufacture and sale of autoimmune test kits 
on a worldwide basis. This product line is complemented by specialised reference laboratory services in diagnostic immunology, 
pathology and immunogenetics, marketed to US-based hospitals and reference laboratories. For more information please refer to 
Item 18, Note 22.  

Acquisition of Blood Bank Screening Business  
In 2013, the Group acquired the blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd for US$7.45m.  

The blood bank screening business acquired consists of a range of products for the screening of syphilis, malaria and cytomegalovirus 
(CMV), and is based in Cambridge and Newmarket, UK. The business includes very high quality TPHA and ELISA products for 
screening. For more information please refer to Item 18, Note 22.  

Acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB  
In 2012, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Fiomi Diagnostics AB (‘Fiomi’) for US$12.9m.  

Fiomi, which is based in Uppsala, Sweden, is developing a range of point-of-care cardiac assays based on micro-pillar technology. 
This technology is capable of providing extremely sensitive, highly reproducible, quantitative, multiplexed results making it 
significantly more accurate than the current established point-of-care tests in the market. For more information please refer to 
Item 18, Note 22.  

In January 2014, Trinity received CE marking/EU regulatory approval of a Troponin I point-of-care test, the first test on this platform, 
which will be marketed under the name Meritas.  

7 

  
Acquisition of Phoenix Bio-tech Corp. 

In 2011, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Phoenix Bio-tech Corporation for US$2.5 million of cash consideration 
and expected contingent consideration of US$172,000. Phoenix Bio-tech manufactures and sells products for the detection of syphilis. 

Phoenix Bio-tech was founded in 1992 and it sells its products under the TrepSure and TrepChek labels. Prior to the acquisition, 
Trinity Biotech distributed Phoenix Bio-tech’s syphilis products on a non-exclusive basis in the USA. For more information please 
refer to Item 18, Note 22.  

Principal Markets  
The primary market for Trinity Biotech’s tests remains the Americas. During fiscal year 2013, the Group sold 60% (US$54.8 million) 
(2012: 60% or US$49.6 million) (2011: 66% or US$51.4 million) of product in the Americas. Sales to non-Americas (principally 
European and Asian/ African) countries represented 40% (US$36.4 million) for fiscal year 2013 (2012: 40% or US$32.9 million) 
(2011: 34% or US$26.5 million).  

For a more comprehensive segmental analysis please refer to Item 5, “Results of Operations” and Item 18, Note 2 to the consolidated 
financial statements.  

Principal Products  
Trinity Biotech develops, acquires, manufactures and markets a wide range of clinical in-vitro diagnostic products. This product 
portfolio, firstly split by point of use, is then subdivided on the basis of application.  

Product portfolio sub-division with associated established brand names:  

Point-Of-Care 

Infectious Disease

UniGold™  

Recombigen
®

Emergency Medicine
Meritas
®

Clinical Laboratory

Autoimmune
ImmuBlot™  
ImmuGlo™  
ImmuLisa™  
OTOblot™  

Infectious Disease
Bartels
®
MarDx
®
MarBlot
®
MycXtra
  MycAssay™  

®

Haemglobins
Premier™  
Ultra
2TM

Clinical Chemistry
EZ™

Blood Bank
Captia™

  MicroTrak™

Trinity Biotech also sells raw materials to the life sciences industry and research institutes globally through the Company subsidiary, 
Fitzgerald Industries.  

Trinity Biotech products are sold through our direct sales organizations in the USA and through our network of principal distributors 
and Non-governmental bodies into approximately 110 countries globally.  

Point of Care (POC)  
Point of Care refers to diagnostic tests which are carried out in the presence of the patient.  

UniGold™ HIV  
Trinity Biotech makes a very significant contribution to the global effort to meet the challenge of HIV. The Group’s principal product 
is UniGold™ HIV. In Africa, UniGold™ HIV has been used for several years in voluntary counselling and testing centres (VCTs) in 
the sub-Saharan region where they provide a cornerstone to early detection and treatment intervention. The UniGold™ HIV brand is 
recognised for its quality and reliability.  

In the USA, the Centres for Disease Control (CDC) recommend the use of rapid tests to control the spread of HIV/AIDS. As part of 
this, UniGold™ HIV is used in public health facilities, hospitals and other outreach facilities.  

During 2013, the Group received FDA approval for a HIV-2 claim for the UniGold™ Recombigen  product. The approval will 
expand the US HIV sales potential as this product can now participate in certain health programs previously not open to it and 
compete more effectively in the hospital market.  

®

8 

  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Future of Point-Of-Care at Trinity Biotech  
Point-Of-Care is strategically key to the growth of Trinity Biotech in the future. The product development teams in the USA and 
Ireland at the end of 2013 released a number of products from the pipeline to market. The key products are Uni-Gold™ S. 
pneumoniae, Uni-Gold™ Legionella, Uni-Gold™ C. difficile and Uni-Gold™ Syphilis. All products are CE marked and submissions 
for FDA clearance for the relevant products are in preparation. Future additions to this portfolio will include; Helicobacter Pylori 
Antigen, Malaria and HIV.  

The new point-of-care products are sold through the Trinity Biotech sales and marketing organization to clinical and reference 
laboratories directly in the UK and through independent distributors and strategic partners in other countries.  

Clinical Laboratory  
Trinity Biotech supplies the clinical laboratory segment of the in-vitro diagnostic market with a range of diagnostic tests and 
instrumentation which detect:  

•

•

•

•

  Autoimmune diseases;  
  Infectious diseases: Bacterial, fungal, parasitic and viral diseases; 
  HbA1c for diabetes monitoring and diagnosis; Hb Variants for the detection of Hemoglobinapothies; and  
  Clinical Chemistry: Liver & kidney disease and haemolytic anaemia. 

Autoimmune  
In 2013, Trinity Biotech acquired Immco Diagnostics, an autoimmunity company known for novel assay development and extensive 
contributions to autoimmune disease research. Immco develops, manufactures and distributes products in immunofluorescence assay 
(IFA), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), western blot (WB) and line immunoassay (LIA) formats for diagnosis of 
autoimmune diseases. As a complement to the product range, the automation offering includes ELISA and IFA processors and the 
Immco IFA reading system, iSight. In terms of range, breadth and technical performance, the Immco IFA range is best on the market, 
while the EIA range is of the highest quality and very competitive with the market leaders. The Immco products are a seamless fit for 
the instrumentation platforms currently marketed by Trinity Biotech for ELISA and WB assays. The vast majority of the product line 
is FDA cleared for sale in the USA and CE marked in Europe.  

The diagnostic product line is complemented by a specialized reference laboratory offering services in diagnostic immunology, 
pathology and immunogenetics, and marketed to US-based reference laboratories and hospitals.  

The Immco product line addresses the high growth (over 10% p.a.), lower throughput, speciality autoimmune segment, where 
competition is limited. The principal autoimmune conditions in this segment are Rheumatoid Arthritis, Vasculitis, Lupus, Celiac and 
Crohn’s disease, Ulcerative Colitis, Neuropathy, Hashimoto’s and Graves disease.  

The Immco products are sold through the Trinity Biotech sales and marketing organization to clinical and reference laboratories 
directly in the USA and via distributors in other countries. Distribution in the key European markets is through our partner Menarini 
Diagnostics; currently a European market leader in autoimmune testing. Products are sold in over 100 countries, with the focus on 
Europe and North America.  

Infectious Diseases  
Trinity Biotech manufactures products for niche/specialized applications in infectious diseases. The products are used with patient 
samples and the results generated help physicians to guide diagnosis for a broad range of infectious diseases. The key niche/specialist 
disease areas served by the Trinity Biotech products include: (1) Lyme disease, (2) Sexually transmitted diseases: Syphilis, 
Chlamydia and Herpes simplex virus (3) Respiratory infections: Legionella, Flu A&B, (4) Epstein Barr Virus, (5) fungal pathogens 
and (6) other viral pathogens, e.g. Measles, Mumps, Rubella and Varicella.  

Trinity Biotech develops, manufactures and distributes products in immunofluorescence (IFA), enzyme-linked immunosorbent 
(ELISA), western blot (WB), real-time PCR and cytotoxicity assay formats for diagnosis of infectious diseases. As a complement to 
the product range, the automation offering includes ELISA and western blot processors. The vast majority of the infectious diseases 
product line is FDA cleared for sale in the USA and CE marked in Europe. Products are sold in approximately 110 countries, with the 
focus on North America, Europe and Asia. The infectious disease products are sold through the Trinity Biotech sales and marketing 
organization to clinical and reference laboratories directly in the USA and UK and through independent distributors and strategic 
partners in other countries.  

9 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Clinical Chemistry  
The Trinity Biotech speciality clinical chemistry business includes reagent products such as ACE, Bile Acids, Lactate, Oxalate and 
Glucose-6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase (G6PDH) that are clearly differentiated in the marketplace. These products are suitable for both 
manual and automated testing and have proven performance in the diagnosis of many disease states from liver and kidney disease to 
G6PDH deficiency which is an indicator of haemolytic anaemia.  

Haemoglobins: HbA1c and Hb Variants  
Primus Corporation, a Trinity Biotech company, focuses on products for the in-vitro diagnostic testing for haemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) 
used in the monitoring and diagnosis of diabetes and Hb Variants for the detection of Haemoglobinapothies. Primus manufactures a 
range of instrumentation using patented boronate affinity for HPLC and POC platforms as follows:  

•

•

•

  HbA1c: These products are the most accurate and precise methods available for diagnosis/monitoring of diabetic. A1C is 

also used to identify those at risk of becoming diabetic; 

  Haemoglobin Variants: The Primus Ultra  instrument is the most accurate, precise method for detection of haemoglobin 
variants which is important for screening populations for genetic abnormalities that can lead to conditions such as Sickle 
Cell Anaemia and Thalassemia. The Ultra  is unparalleled in the number of different variants it is able to detect; and 

2

2

  Neonatal Haemoglobin: The GeneSys system, designed for the detection of Haemoglobin variants in neonatal patients. 
This is a growing segment as more countries around the world expand their newborn screening programs.  

The Premier Hb9210 was launched in Europe in the second half of 2011. Distribution is through our European partner Menarini 
Diagnostics, currently the European market leader in Haemoglobin testing. FDA approval was obtained in quarter 4 of 2011. In the 
USA, the Premier Hb9210 is being sold by our direct sales organization and our distribution partner Thermo Fisher. The Premier’s 
unique features, cost structure and core technology enables it to compete in most economies and settings.  

The current Primus products are sold through the Trinity Biotech sales and marketing organization to clinical and reference 
laboratories directly in the USA and via distributors in other countries.  

Blood Bank  
Trinity Biotech’s blood bank screening business was acquired from Lab21 Ltd in July 2013. The business unit manufactures a number 
of products to screen donated blood for transfusion-transmissible infections.  

The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that there were 107 Million blood donations in 2011 and half of these were within 
high income countries. In these countries it is mandatory to screen for HIV, HBV, HCV and Syphilis by Nucleic Acid or 
Immunoassay Testing and recommends testing for other pathogens (e.g. CMV, Malaria, Chagas and HTLV) based on territory.  

Trinity Biotech manufactures immunoassays for the detection of Syphilis, CMV and Malaria. These products are sold through direct 
and distributor sales channels and are manufactured under original equipment manufacturer (OEM) agreements for top 10 IVD 
businesses. The business has strong market share in Europe and is targeting growth in the United States through internal synergies 
and external relationships.  

10 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Emergency Medicine  
Emergency Medicine refers to acute care testing, critical time-sensitive diagnostic tests which are performed in emergency rooms, 
STAT labs, pre/post operative units, physician office labs (POL’s) and the central laboratory.  

Emergency Medicine is a strategic cornerstone of key growth for Trinity Biotech in the future. Following the acquisition of Fiomi 
Diagnostics, Trinity has developed a high sensitivity Troponin test capable of delivering laboratory based quality in the Emergency 
Room environment. The objective was to produce a test capable of meeting the Third Universal Definition of Myocardial Infarction 
(2007 guideline) with a testing time of no more than 15 minutes, and CE marking/EU regulatory approval was received in January 
2014 with FDA submission expected to be made later in the year. With the launch and CE marking of the Meritas Troponin test these 
objectives have now been achieved. Thus Trinity Biotech is the first company to commercialise a fully guideline compliant product 
for use in the $350m Emergency Room Cardiac market. A top priority for Trinity Biotech is to expand the offering on the Meritas 
POC Analyzer. The focus of development is to expand the test menu to include assays for (a) heart failure; (b) pulmonary embolism; 
and (c) other highly valuable areas of need in Emergency Medicine.  

Trinity Biotech is first launching the Meritas Troponin product for sale in Europe and other selected markets through its specialist 
Cardiology Distributor network.  

Sales and Marketing  
Trinity Biotech sells its product through its own direct sales-force in the United States. Our sales team in the United States is 
responsible for marketing and selling the Trinity Biotech range of clinical chemistry, point of care, infectious disease, Haemoglobins 
and clinical chemistry products.  

Through its sales and marketing organisation in Ireland, Trinity Biotech sells:  

•

•

•

  Its Clinical Chemistry product range directly to hospitals and laboratories in Germany and France;  
  All products directly to hospitals and laboratories in the UK; and 

  All product lines through independent distributors and strategic partners in a further 110 countries approximately. 

Competition  
The diagnostic industry is very competitive. There are many companies, both public and private, engaged in the sale of medical 
diagnostic products and diagnostics-related research and development, including a number of well-known pharmaceutical and 
chemical companies. Competition is based primarily on product reliability, customer service and price. Innovation in the market is 
rare but significant advantage can be made with the introduction of new disease markers or innovative techniques with patent 
protection. The Group’s competition includes several large companies such as, but not limited to: Abbott Diagnostics, Alere Inc., 
Arkray, Bio-Rad, Diasorin Inc., Euroimmun, Johnson & Johnson, OraSure Technologies Inc., Phadia, Roche Diagnostics, Siemens 
(from the combined acquisitions of Bayer, Dade-Behring and DPC), Thermo Fisher, Tosoh and Werfen.  

Patents and Licences  
Patents  
Many of Trinity Biotech’s tests are not protected by specific patents, due to the significant cost of putting patents in place for Trinity 
Biotech’s wide range of products. However, Trinity Biotech believes that substantially all of its tests are protected by proprietary 
know-how, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets.  

From time-to-time, certain companies have asserted exclusive patent, copyright and other intellectual property rights to technologies 
that are important to the industry in which Trinity Biotech operates. In the event that any of such claims relate to its planned products, 
Trinity Biotech intends to evaluate such claims and, if appropriate, seek a licence to use the protected technology. There can be no 
assurance that Trinity Biotech would, firstly, be able to obtain licences to use such technology or, secondly, obtain such licences on 
satisfactory commercial terms. If Trinity Biotech or its suppliers are unable to obtain or maintain a licence to any such protected 
technology that might be used in Trinity Biotech’s products, Trinity Biotech could be prohibited from marketing such products. It 
could also incur substantial costs to redesign its products or to defend any legal action taken against it. If Trinity Biotech’s products 
should be found to infringe protected technology, Trinity Biotech could also be required to pay damages to the infringed party.  

11 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Licences  
Trinity Biotech has entered into a number of key licensing arrangements including the following:  

In 2013, Trinity Biotech entered into a License Agreement with a leading market participant, giving the Group access to a significant 
HIV-2 patent portfolio on a non-exclusive, worldwide basis. The Company recently received approval from the FDA for the HIV-2 
claim on its Uni-gold™ HIV kit in the USA. Future growth in HIV revenues in the USA will result from the granting of the HIV-2 
claim by the FDA, rather than from the HIV-2 licence itself.  

In 2012 Trinity Biotech entered into a License Agreement with the Centre for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta, GA, USA for the 
rights to use their Cardiolipin technology in developing and producing a Syphilis rapid test.  

In 2005 Trinity Biotech obtained a licence from the University of Texas for the use of Lyme antigen (Vlse), thus enabling the 
inclusion of this antigen in the Group’s Lyme diagnostic products. Trinity also entered a Biological Materials License Agreement 
with the Centre for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta, GA, USA for the rights to produce and sell the CDC developed HIV Incidence 
assay.  

In 2002, Trinity Biotech obtained the Unipath and Carter Wallace lateral flow licences under agreement with Inverness Medical 
Innovations (“IMI”). In 2006, Trinity Biotech renewed its license agreement with Inverness Medical Innovations covering IMI’s most 
up to date broad portfolio of lateral flow patents, and expanded the field of use to include over the counter (“OTC”) for HIV products, 
thus ensuring Trinity Biotech’s freedom to operate in the lateral flow market with its UniGold™ technology. As a platform 
technology, the lateral flow licences obtained from Inverness Medical Innovations also apply to the new Point-of-Care range which is 
in development at our Carlsbad facility.  

On December 20, 1999 Trinity Biotech obtained a non-exclusive commercial licence from the National Institute of Health (“NIH”) in 
the US for NIH patents relating to the general method of producing HIV-1 in cell culture and methods of serological detection of 
antibodies to HIV-1.  

Trinity Biotech has also entered into a number of licence/supply agreements for key raw materials used in the manufacture of its 
products.  

Each of the key licensing arrangements terminates on the expiry of the last of the particular licensed patents covered by the respective 
agreement, except in the case of one of the agreements which expires in 2015. Each licensor has the right to terminate the 
arrangement in the event of non-performance by Trinity Biotech. The key licensing arrangements requires the Group to pay a royalty 
to the licence holder which is based on sales of the products which utilize the relevant technology being licensed. The royalty rates 
vary from 2% to 10% of sales. The total amount paid by Trinity Biotech under key licensing arrangements in 2013 was US$1,105,000 
(2012: US$1,145,000).  

Government Regulation  
The preclinical and clinical testing, manufacture, labelling, distribution, and promotion of Trinity Biotech’s products are subject to 
extensive and rigorous government regulation in the United States and in other countries in which Trinity Biotech’s products are 
sought to be marketed. The process of obtaining regulatory clearance varies, depending on the product categorisation and the country, 
from merely notifying the authorities of intent to sell, to lengthy formal approval procedures which often require detailed laboratory 
and clinical testing and other costly and time-consuming processes. The main regulatory bodies which require extensive clinical 
testing are the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) in the US, the Irish Medicines Board (as the authority over Trinity Biotech in 
Europe) and Health Canada.  

The process in each country varies considerably depending on the nature of the test, the perceived risk to the user and patient, the 
facility at which the test is to be used and other factors. As 60% of Trinity Biotech’s 2013 revenues were generated in the Americas 
(with a large concentration of this in the USA) and as the USA represents a substantial proportion of the worldwide diagnostics 
market, an overview of FDA regulation has been included below.  

FDA Regulation  
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. The 
FDA’s regulations govern, among other things, the following activities: product development, testing, labelling, storage, pre-market 
clearance or approval, advertising and promotion and sales and distribution.  

12 

  
Access to US Market. Each medical device that Trinity Biotech may wish to commercially distribute in the US will require either pre-
market notification (more commonly known as 510(k)) clearance or pre-market approval (“PMA”) application prior to commercial 
distribution. Devices intended for use in blood bank environments fall under even more stringent review and require a Blood Licence 
Application (“BLA”). Some low risk devices are exempted from these requirements. The FDA has introduced fees for the review of 
510(k) and PMA applications. The fee for a PMA or BLA in 2013 is in the region of US$260,000.  

510(k) Clearance Pathway. To obtain 510(k) clearance, Trinity Biotech must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the 
proposed device is substantially equivalent in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a “predicate device” – either a 
previously cleared class I or II device or a class III preamendment device, for which the FDA has not called for PMA applications. 
The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from 3 to 9 months, but it can take longer. After a device receives 510(k) 
clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its 
intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could even require a PMA approval.  

PMA Approval Pathway. A device that does not qualify for 510(k) clearance generally will be placed in class III and required to 
obtain PMA approval, which requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. A PMA 
application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components 
regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labelling. In addition, an advisory committee made up of clinicians 
and/or other appropriate experts is typically convened to evaluate the application and make recommendations to the FDA as to 
whether the device should be approved. It generally takes from one to three years but can take longer.  

Although the FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendation is important to the FDA’s overall 
decision making process. The PMA approval pathway is more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process. It 
generally takes from one to three years or even longer. After approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement is required in the 
event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process. As noted above, the FDA has recently implemented 
substantial fees for the submission and review of PMA applications.  

BLA approval pathway. BLA approval is required for some products intended for use in a blood bank environment, where the blood 
screened using these products may be administered to an individual following processing. This approval pathway involves even more 
stringent review of the product.  

Clinical Studies. A clinical study is required to support a PMA application and is required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. Such 
studies generally require submission of an application for a Pre-Submission (Pre-Sub) Program showing that it is safe to test the 
device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound.  

Post-market Regulation  
After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply, including the Quality 
System Regulation (“QSR”), which requires manufacturers to follow comprehensive testing, control, documentation and other quality 
assurance procedures during the manufacturing process; labeling regulations; the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting 
products for unapproved or “off-label” uses; and the Medical Device Reporting (“MDR”) regulation, which requires that 
manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way 
that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.  

Trinity Biotech is subject to inspection by the FDA to determine compliance with regulatory requirements. If the FDA finds any 
failure to comply, the agency can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe 
sanctions such as fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; the issuance of public notices or warnings; 
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of 
new products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals already granted; and criminal prosecution.  

Unanticipated changes in existing regulatory requirements or adoption of new requirements could have a material adverse effect on 
the Group. Any failure to comply with applicable QSR or other regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on the 
Group’s revenues, earnings and financial standing.  

13 

  
There can be no assurances that the Group will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with laws and regulations in the 
future or that laws or regulations will not have a material adverse effect upon the Group’s revenues, earnings and financial standing.  

CLIA classification  
Purchasers of Trinity Biotech’s clinical diagnostic products in the United States may be regulated under The Clinical Laboratory 
Improvements Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”) and related federal and state regulations. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and 
reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, 
administration and participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality control, quality assurance and inspections. 
The regulations promulgated under CLIA established three levels of diagnostic tests (“waived”, “moderately complex” and “highly 
complex”) and the standards applicable to a clinical laboratory depend on the level of the tests it performs.  

Export of products subject to 510(k) notification requirements, but not yet cleared to market, are permitted without FDA export 
approval, if statutory requirements are met. Unapproved products subject to PMA requirements can be exported to any country 
without prior FDA approval provided, among other things, they are not contrary to the laws of the destination country, they are 
manufactured in substantial compliance with the QSR, and have been granted valid marketing authorization in Australia, Canada, 
Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Switzerland, South Africa or member countries of the European Union or of the European Economic 
Area (“EEA”). FDA approval must be obtained for exports of unapproved products subject to PMA requirements if these export 
conditions are not met.  

There can be no assurance that Trinity Biotech will meet statutory requirements and/or receive required export approval on a timely 
basis, if at all, for the marketing of its products outside the United States.  

Regulation outside the United States  
Distribution of Trinity Biotech’s products outside of the United States is also subject to foreign regulation. Each country’s regulatory 
requirements for product approval and distribution are unique and may require the expenditure of substantial time, money, and effort. 
There can be no assurance that new laws or regulations will not have a material adverse effect on Trinity Biotech’s business, financial 
condition, and results of operation. The time required to obtain needed product approval by particular foreign governments may be 
longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval. There can be no assurance that Trinity Biotech will receive on a 
timely basis, if at all, any foreign government approval necessary for marketing its products.  

Organisational Structure  
Trinity Biotech plc and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) is a manufacturer of diagnostic test kits and instrumentation for sale and 
distribution worldwide. Trinity Biotech’s executive offices are located at Bray, Ireland while its research and development, 
manufacturing and marketing activities are principally conducted at the following:  
  Trinity Biotech Manufacturing Limited, based in Bray, Ireland; 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  Trinity Biotech (USA), based in Jamestown, New York; 

  MarDx Diagnostics Inc, based in Carlsbad, California; 
  Primus Corporation, based in, Kansas City;  
  Biopool US Inc, based in Jamestown, New York;  
  Immco Diagnostics Inc, based in Amherst and Buffalo, New York; 

  Nova Century Scientific Inc, based in Burlington, Canada; and 
  Fiomi Diagnostics AB based in Uppsala.  

The Group’s distributor of raw materials for the life sciences industry, Fitzgerald Industries, is based in Bray, Ireland and Acton, 
Massachusetts, USA.  

For a more comprehensive schedule of the subsidiary undertakings of the Group please refer to Item 18, Note 29 to the consolidated 
financial statements.  

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment  
Trinity Biotech has seven manufacturing sites worldwide, four in the US (Buffalo and Jamestown, NY, Kansas City, MO and 
Carlsbad, CA), two in the UK (Newmarket and Cambridge), and one in Bray, Ireland. An additional facility is owned in Burlington, 
Canada which serves as a distribution centre and also carries out some research and development activities. The US and Irish facilities 
are each FDA and ISO registered facilities. As part of its ongoing commitment to quality, Trinity Biotech was granted the latest ISO 
9001: 2000 and ISO 13485: 2003 certification. This certificate was granted by the Underwriters Laboratory, an internationally 
recognised notified body. It serves as external verification that Trinity Biotech has an established an effective quality system in 
accordance with an internationally recognised standard. By having an established quality system there is a presumption that Trinity 
Biotech will consistently manufacture products in a controlled manner. To achieve this certification Trinity Biotech performed an 
extensive review of the existing quality system and implemented any additional regulatory requirements.  

Trinity Biotech has entered into a number of related party transactions with JRJ Investments (“JRJ”), a partnership currently owned 
by Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh, directors of the Company, and directly with Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh, to provide current and 
potential future needs for the Group’s manufacturing and research and development facilities, located in Bray, Ireland. In November 
2004, Trinity Biotech entered into an agreement for a 25 year lease with JRJ, for 16,700 square feet of offices at an annual rent of 
€381,000 (US$506,000), payable from 2004. In December 2007, the Group entered into an agreement with Mr O’Caoimh and Dr 
Walsh pursuant to which the Group took a lease on an additional 43,860 square foot manufacturing facility in Bray, Ireland at a total 
annual rent of €787,000 (US$1,044,000). See Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.  

Trinity Biotech USA operates from a 25,610 square foot FDA and ISO 9001 approved facility in Jamestown, New York. The facility 
was purchased by Trinity Biotech USA in 1994. Additional warehousing space is also leased in Jamestown, New York at an annual 
rental charge of US$147,000.  

MarDx operates from two facilities in Carlsbad, California. The first facility comprises 21,436 square feet and is the subject of a three 
year lease, renewed in 2012, at an annual rental cost of US$238,000. The second adjacent facility comprises 14,500 square feet and is 
the subject of a three year lease, amended in 2012, at an annual rental cost of US$173,000.  

Fiomi Diagnostics AB operates from a 15,500 square foot facility based in Uppsala, in Sweden. This facility is the subject of a 3 year 
operating lease. The annual rent on this facility is 2,500,000 SEK (US$384,000).  

Immco Diagnostics Inc. operates from a 15,200 square foot facility in Amherst, New York and a 4,000 square foot facility in Buffalo, 
New York, subject to leases expiring in 2017 and 2015 respectively. The annual rent for these facilities is US$531,000. An additional 
4,200 square foot facility is owned in Burlington, Canada.  

Trinity Biotech (UK) Ltd operates from a 20,000 square foot facility in Cambridge, UK and a 10,000 square foot facility in 
Newmarket, UK. The lease for the Cambridge facility expires in March, 2014, and the Newmarket facility is subject to a 3 month 
rolling lease.  

Additional office space is leased by the Group in Ireland, Kansas City, Missouri, Acton, Massachusetts and Sao Paulo, Brazil at an 
annual cost of €115,000 (US$152,000), US$100,000, US$91,000 and US$29,000 respectively.  

At present we have sufficient productive capacity to cover demand for our product range. We continue to review our level of capacity 
in the context of future revenue forecasts. In the event that these forecasts indicate capacity constraints, we will either obtain new 
facilities or expand our existing facilities.  

We do not currently have any plans to expand or materially improve our facilities.  

In relation to products produced at our facilities – these are as follows:  

Bray, Ireland – Point-of-Care/HIV, Immunoflourescence and Clinical Chemistry products are manufactured at this site.  

Jamestown, New York – this site specializes in the production of Microtitre Plate EIA products for infectious diseases and 
auto-immunity.  

15 

  
Carlsbad, California – this facility specializes in the development and manufacture of products utilizing Western Blot and lateral 
flow technology. Our suite of Lyme products is manufactured at this facility and our new Infectious Diseases Point-of-Care range are 
manufactured at this site.  

Kansas City, Missouri – this site is responsible for the manufacture of the Group’s A1c range of products.  

Amherst, New York – this site is responsible for the manufacture of autoimmune test kits and the majority of R&D activities for 
Immco Diagnostics.  

Buffalo, New York – this site contains the reference laboratory business of Immco Diagnostics.  

Cambridge, UK – this site is responsible for the manufacture of blood bank and EIA products, and also includes R&D activities.  

Newmarket, UK – this site is responsible for the manufacture of blood bank and EIA products.  

We are fully in compliance with all environmental legislation applicable in each jurisdiction in which we operate.  

Capital expenditures and divestitures  
Please refer to Item 18, Note 22 with regard to the acquisition of Immco Diagnostics Inc and the blood bank screening business in 
2013, the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB in 2012 and the acquisition of Phoenix Bio-tech Corp. in 2011.  

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 

Item 5
Operating Results  
Trinity Biotech’s consolidated financial statements include the attributable results of Trinity Biotech plc and all its subsidiary 
undertakings collectively. This discussion covers the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 
and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 20-F. 
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS both as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(“IASB”) and as subsequently adopted by the European Union (“EU”) (together “IFRS”). Consolidated financial statements are 
required by Irish law to comply with IFRS as adopted by the EU which differ in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the 
IASB. These differences predominantly relate to the timing of adoption of new standards by the EU. However, as none of the 
differences are relevant in the context of Trinity Biotech, the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented comply with 
IFRS both as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU.  

Trinity Biotech has availed of the exemption under SEC rules to prepare consolidated financial statements without a reconciliation to 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) as at and for the three year period ended December 31, 2013 as Trinity 
Biotech is a foreign private issuer and the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).  

Overview  
Trinity Biotech develops, manufactures and markets diagnostic test kits used for the clinical laboratory and Point-of-Care (“POC”) 
segments of the diagnostic market. These test kits are used to detect infectious diseases, sexually transmitted diseases, blood disorders 
and autoimmune disorders. The Group markets almost 400 different diagnostic products in approximately 110 countries. In addition, 
the Group manufactures its own and distributes third party infectious disease diagnostic instrumentation. The Group, through its 
Fitzgerald operation, is also a significant provider of raw materials to the life sciences industry.  

Factors affecting our results  
The global diagnostics market is growing due to, among other reasons, the ageing population and the increasing demand for rapid 
tests in a clinical environment.  

16 

  
  
Our revenues are directly related to our ability to identify high potential products while they are still in development and to bring 
them to market quickly and effectively. Efficient and productive research and development is crucial in this environment as we, like 
our competitors, search for effective and cost-efficient solutions to diagnostic problems. The growth in new technology will almost 
certainly have a fundamental effect on the diagnostics industry as a whole and upon our future development.  

The comparability of our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been impacted by 
acquisitions made by the Group in three of the five years and by the divestiture of the Coagulation product line in 2010. There were 
no acquisitions made in 2010 or 2009. In 2013, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Immco Diagnostics Inc. Immco 
specialises in the development, manufacture and sale of autoimmune test kits on a worldwide basis. In 2013, the Group also acquired 
the blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd, a UK based company. The acquired business generates revenues from syphilis and 
malaria products. In 2012, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Fiomi Diagnostics AB. Fiomi is developing a range of 
point-of-care cardiac assays. In 2011, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Phoenix Bio-tech Corporation. Phoenix Bio-
tech manufactures and sells products for the detection of syphilis.  

For further information about the Group’s principal products, principal markets and competition please refer to Item 4, “Information 
on the Company”.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and 
judgements that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities.  

On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to intangible assets, contingencies and litigation. We base 
our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

We believe the critical accounting policies described below reflect our more significant judgements and estimates used in the 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  

Revenue Recognition  
Goods sold and services rendered  
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised in the statement of operations when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have 
been transferred to the buyer. Revenue from products is generally recorded as of the date of shipment, consistent with our typical ex-
works shipment terms. Where the shipment terms do not permit revenue to be recognised as of the date of shipment, revenue is 
recognised when the Group has satisfied all of its obligations to the customer in accordance with the shipping terms. Revenue, 
including any amounts invoiced for shipping and handling costs, represents the value of goods supplied to external customers, net of 
discounts and excluding sales taxes.  

Revenue from services rendered is recognised in the statement of operations in proportion to the stage of completion of the 
transaction at the balance sheet date.  

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefit will flow to the Group, that the risks and rewards of 
ownership have passed to the buyer and the revenue can be measured. No revenue is recognised if there is uncertainty regarding 
recovery of the consideration due at the outset of the transaction or the possible return of goods.  

The Group leases instruments under operating and finance leases as part of its business. In cases where the risks and rewards of 
ownership of the instrument pass to the customer, the fair value of the instrument is recognised as revenue at the commencement of 
the lease and is matched by the related cost of sale. In the case of operating leases revenue is recognised over the life of the lease.  

17 

  
Research and development expenditure 

We write-off research and development expenditure as incurred, with the exception of expenditure on projects whose outcome has 
been assessed with reasonable certainty as to technical feasibility, commercial viability and recovery of costs through future revenues. 
Such expenditure is capitalised at cost within intangible assets and amortised over its expected useful life of 15 years, which 
commences when the product is launched.  

In-process research and development (“IPR&D”) is tested for impairment on an annual basis, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently 
if impairment indicators are present, using projected discounted cash flow models. If IPR&D becomes impaired or is abandoned, the 
carrying value of the IPR&D is written down to its revised fair value with the related impairment charge recognised in the period in 
which the impairment occurs. If the fair value of the asset becomes impaired as the result of unfavourable data from any ongoing or 
future clinical trial, changes in assumptions that negatively impact projected cash flows, or because of any other information 
regarding the prospects of successfully developing or commercializing our programs, we could incur significant charges in the period 
in which the impairment occurs. The valuation techniques utilized in performing impairment tests incorporate significant assumptions 
and judgments to estimate the fair value, as described above. The use of different valuation techniques or different assumptions could 
result in materially different fair value estimates.  

Factors which impact our judgement to capitalise certain research and development expenditure include the degree of regulatory 
approval for products and the results of any market research to determine the likely future commercial success of products being 
developed. We review these factors each year to determine whether our previous estimates as to feasibility, viability and recovery 
should be changed.  

At December 31, 2013 the carrying value of capitalised development costs was US$51,648,000 (2012: US$33,704,000) (see Item 18, 
Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements). The increase in 2013 was mainly as a result of development costs of 
US$18,390,000 being capitalised. These additions were partially offset by amortisation of US$446,000.  

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill  
Definite lived intangible assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment annually while goodwill and indefinite lived assets are 
tested for impairment annually, either individually or at the cash generating unit level. Factors considered important, as part of an 
impairment review, include the following:  

•

•

•

•

•

  Significant underperformance relative to expected, historical or projected future operating results;  
  Significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business;  
  Obsolescence of products;  
  Significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and 

  Our market capitalisation relative to net book value. 

When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles, non-current assets and related goodwill may not be recoverable based upon 
the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, any impairment is measured based on our estimates of projected 
net discounted cash flows expected to result from that asset, including eventual disposition. Our estimated impairment could prove 
insufficient if our analysis overestimated the cash flows or conditions change in the future.  

Goodwill and other intangibles are subject to impairment testing on an annual basis. The recoverable amount of each of the cash-
generating units (“CGU”) is determined based on a value-in-use computation, which is the only methodology applied by the Group 
and which has been selected due to the impracticality of obtaining fair value less costs to sell measurements for each reporting period. 
For the purpose of the annual impairment tests, goodwill is allocated to the relevant CGU.  

The value-in-use calculations use cash flow projections based on the 2014 budget and projections for a further four years using 
projected revenue and cost growth rates of between 3% and 15%. At the end of the five year forecast period, terminal values for each 
CGU, based on a long term growth rate, are used in the value-in-use calculations. The value-in-use represents the present value of the 
future cash flows, including the terminal value, discounted at a rate appropriate to each CGU. The key assumptions employed in 
arriving at the estimates of future cash flows are subjective and include projected EBITDA, net cash flows, discount rates and the 
duration of the discounted cash flow model. The assumptions and estimates used were derived from a combination of internal and 
external factors based on historical experience. The pre-tax discount rates used range from 13% to 25% (2012: 15% to 27%). 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The value-in-use calculation is subject to significant estimation, uncertainty and accounting judgements and is particularly sensitive in 
the following areas;  

1. In the event that there was a variation of 10% in the assumed level of future growth in revenues, which would represent a 
reasonably likely range of outcomes, the following impairment loss/write back would be recorded at December 31, 2013:  

•

•

  No reversal of impairment in the event of a 10% increase in the growth in revenues. 

  No impairment loss in the event of a 10% decrease in the growth in revenues. 

2. Similarly if there was a 10% variation in the discount rate used to calculate the potential impairment of the carrying values, which 
would represent a reasonably likely range of outcomes, there would be the following impairment loss/write back would be recorded at 
December 31, 2013:  

•

•

  No reversal of impairment in the event of a 10% decrease in the discount rate. 

  No impairment loss in the event of a 10% increase in the discount rate. 

Allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventory  
We evaluate the realisability of our inventory on a case-by-case basis and make adjustments to our inventory provision based on our 
estimates of expected losses. We write off inventory that has reached its “use-by” date and for which no further re-processing can be 
performed. We also consider recent trends in revenues for various inventory items and instances where the realisable value of 
inventory is likely to be less than its carrying value. Given the allowance is calculated on the basis of the actual inventory on hand at 
the particular balance sheet date, there were no material changes in estimates made during 2013, 2012 or 2011 which would have an 
impact on the carrying values of inventory during those periods, except as discussed below.  

At December 31, 2013 our allowance for slow moving and obsolete inventory was US$4,462,000 which represents approximately 
13.1% of gross inventory value. This compares with US$5,348,000, or approximately 20.5% of gross inventory value, at 
December 31, 2012 (see Item 18, Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements) and US$5,930,000, or approximately 23.0% of 
gross inventory value, at December 31, 2011. There has been a decrease in the estimated allowance for slow moving and obsolete 
inventory as a percentage of gross inventory between 2013 and 2012. In the case of raw materials and work in progress, the size of the 
provision has been based on expected future production of these products. Management is satisfied that the assumptions made with 
respect to future sales and production levels of these products are reasonable to ensure the adequacy of this provision. In the event 
that the estimate of the provision required for slow moving and obsolete inventory was to increase or decrease by 2% of gross 
inventory, which would represent a reasonably likely range of outcomes, then a change in allowance of US$683,000 at December 31, 
2013 (2012: US$522,000) (2011: US$515,000) would result.  

Allowance for impairment of receivables  
We make judgements as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and where necessary make allowances for impairment. Such 
impairments are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding receivables. In determining the allowance, we 
analyse our historical collection experience and current economic trends. If the historical data we use to calculate the allowance for 
impairment of receivables does not reflect the future ability to collect outstanding receivables, additional allowances for impairment 
of receivables may be needed and the future results of operations could be materially affected. Given the specific manner in which the 
allowance is calculated, there were no material changes in estimates made during 2013, 2012 or 2011 which would have an impact on 
the carrying values of receivables in these periods. At December 31, 2013, the allowance was US$2,150,000 which represents 
approximately 2.4% of Group revenues. This compares with US$1,520,000 at December 31, 2012 which represented approximately 
1.8% of Group revenues (see Item 18, Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements) and to US$1,507,000 at December 31, 2011 
which represented approximately 1.9% of Group revenues. In the event that this estimate was to increase or decrease by 0.5% of 
Group revenues, which would represent a reasonably likely range of outcomes, then a change in the allowance of US$456,000 at 
December 31, 2013 (2012: US$413,000) (2011: US$390,000) would result.  

Accounting for income taxes  
Significant judgement is required in determining our worldwide income tax expense provision. In the ordinary course of a global 
business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain.  

19 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Some of these uncertainties arise as a consequence of revenue sharing and cost reimbursement arrangements among related entities, 
the process of identifying items of revenue and expense that qualify for preferential tax treatment and segregation of foreign and 
domestic income and expense to avoid double taxation. In addition, we operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to 
audits in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues that may require an extended period of time for resolution. 
Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not 
be different than that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Such differences could have a material 
effect on our income tax provision and profit in the period in which such determination is made. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
determined using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates for the effects of net operating losses and temporary differences between 
the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  

While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing whether 
deferred tax assets can be recognised, there is no assurance that these deferred tax assets may be realisable.  

The extent to which recognised deferred tax assets are not realisable could have a material adverse impact on our income tax 
provision and net income in the period in which such determination is made. In addition, we operate within multiple taxing 
jurisdictions and are subject to audits in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues that may require an extended 
period of time for resolution. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made.  

Item 18, Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements outlines the basis for the deferred tax assets and liabilities and includes 
details of the unrecognised deferred tax assets at year end. The Group does not recognise deferred tax assets arising on unused tax 
losses except to the extent that there are sufficient taxable temporary differences relating to the same taxation authority and the same 
taxable entity which will result in taxable amounts against which the unused tax losses can be utilised before they expire. 

Share-based payments  
For equity-settled share-based payments (share options), the Group measures the services received and the corresponding increase in 
equity at fair value at the measurement date (which is the grant date) using a trinomial model. Given that the share options granted do 
not vest until the completion of a specified period of service, the fair value, which is assessed at the grant date, is recognised on the 
basis that the services to be rendered by employees as consideration for the granting of share options will be received over the vesting 
period.  

The share options issued by the Group are not subject to market-based vesting conditions as defined in IFRS 2, Share-based Payment. 
Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the fair value of share options as at the grant date; such 
conditions are taken into account through adjusting the number of equity instruments included in the measurement of the transaction 
amount so that, ultimately, the amount recognised equates to the number of equity instruments that actually vest. The expense in the 
statement of operations in relation to share options represents the product of the total number of options anticipated to vest and the 
fair value of those options; this amount is allocated to accounting periods on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Given that 
the performance conditions underlying the Group’s share options are non-market in nature, the cumulative charge to the statement of 
operations is only reversed where the performance condition is not met or where an employee in receipt of share options relinquishes 
service prior to completion of the expected vesting period. Share based payments, to the extent they relate to direct labour involved in 
development activities, are capitalised.  

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share 
premium when the options are exercised. The Group does not operate any cash-settled share-based payment schemes or share-based 
payment transactions with cash alternatives as defined in IFRS 2.  

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) 
both as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as subsequently adopted by the European Union 
(“EU”) (together “IFRS”). The IFRS applied are those effective for accounting periods beginning 1 January 2013. Consolidated 
financial statements are required by Irish law to comply with IFRS as adopted by the EU which differ in certain respects from IFRS 
as issued by the IASB. These differences predominantly relate to the timing of adoption of new standards by the EU. However, as 
none of the differences are relevant in the context of Trinity Biotech, the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented 
comply with IFRS both as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU. During 2013, the IASB and the International Financial 
Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) issued additional standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards 
which are effective for periods starting after the date of these financial statements. A list of these additional standards, interpretations 
and amendments, and the potential impact on the financial statements of the Group, is outlined in Item 18, Note 1(xxvii).  

20 

  
Subsequent Events  
There are no other matters or circumstances that have arisen since the end of the year that have significantly affected or may 
significantly affect either:  

•

•

•

  The entity’s operations in future financial years;  
  The results of those operations in future financial years; or 

  The entity’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

21 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Results of Operations  
Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012  
The following compares our results in the year ended December 31, 2013 to those of the year ended December 31, 2012 under IFRS. 
Our analysis is divided as follows:  

1. Overview 

2.

Revenues 

3. Operating Profit 

4.

Profit for the year 

1. Overview  
In 2013, revenues were US$91.2 million, which represented an increase of US$8.7 million (11%) compared to 2012. Point-of-care 
revenues increased by over 3% from US$19.2 million in 2012 to US$19.8 million in 2013. This growth was due to the continuing 
strength of HIV sales in Africa. Meanwhile, Clinical Laboratory revenues grew by almost 13% due to higher diabetes sales driven by 
increased Premier placements, the impact of the Immco Diagnostics and blood bank screening acquisitions made during the year and 
higher sales of infectious diseases products in China. These was partly offset by lower Lyme sales due to the impact of adverse 
weather conditions in eastern USA, particularly in the first half of 2013.  

Geographically, 60% of our sales were generated in the Americas, 26% in Africa/Asia and 14% in Europe.  

The gross margin is 49.6% for 2013, which is 1.6% lower than the gross margin for 2012. The reduction in gross margin is due to 
several factors, the main ones being the new medical devices excise tax introduced by the US government in 2013 and a higher level 
of sales of A1c instruments. There was also higher running costs associated with the two blood bank screening manufacturing 
facilities in the UK. These facilities will be closed in 2014, following the transfer of manufacturing to the Group’s existing facilities 
in Ireland and New York.  

The operating profit is US$9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 which compares to US$17.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2012. In addition to the factors discussed above, several other significant charges contributed to a reduction in 
operating profit in 2013, as follows:  

•

•

•

  a licence to a significant HIV-2 patent portfolio cost US$5.4 million including associated legal fees and net of implicit 
interest,  
  a charge of US$0.7 million was recognised for redundancy costs associated with the closure of the two UK operations 

acquired as part of the blood bank screening business, and 
  acquisition costs of US$0.3 million were incurred in relation to the two business combinations.  

Net financial income decreased from US$2.2 million to US$1.2 million, mainly due to a combination of reduced deposit interest rates 
and lower cash on deposit following two acquisitions in 2013.  

The profit after tax for the year ended December 31, 2013 was US$9.6 million which compares to a profit after tax for the year ended 
December 31, 2012 of US$17.3 million.  

2. Revenues  
The Group’s revenues consist of the sale of diagnostic kits and related instrumentation and the sale of raw materials to the life 
sciences industry. Revenues from the sale of the above products are generally recognised on the basis of shipment to customers. The 
Group ships its products on a variety of freight terms, including ex-works, CIF (carriage including freight) and FOB (free on board), 
depending on the specific terms agreed with customers. In cases where the Group ships on terms other than ex-works, the Group does 
not recognise the revenue until its obligations have been fulfilled in accordance with the shipping terms.  

No right of return exists in relation to product sales except in instances where demonstrable product defects occur. The Group has 
defined procedures for dealing with customer complaints associated with such product defects as they arise.  

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group leases instruments under operating and finance leases as part of its business. In cases where the risks and rewards of 
ownership of the instrument pass to the customer, the fair value of the instrument is recognised as revenue at the commencement of 
the lease and is matched by the related cost of sale. In the case of operating leases of instruments which typically involve 
commitments by the customer to pay a fee per test run on the instruments, revenue is recognised on the basis of customer usage of the 
instruments.  

Revenues by Product Line  
Trinity Biotech’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 were US$91,216,000 compared to revenues of US$82,510,000 for 
the year ended December 31, 2012, which represents an increase of US$8,706,000 or 11%. The following table sets forth selected 
sales data for each of the periods indicated.  

Revenues 
Clinical Laboratory 
Point-of-Care 
Total 

Year ended December 31,
2012 
2013
US$’000      
US$’000  

% Change 

71,462     
19,754     
91,216    

63,356    
19,154    
82,510    

12.8% 
3.1% 
10.6%

Clinical Laboratory  
In 2013 Clinical Laboratory revenues increased by US$8,106,000 which equates to 12.8%.  

The increase is mainly attributable to the two acquisitions in our Clinical Laboratory division, which generated incremental revenues 
of US$8,444,000 in 2013. Immco Diagnostics sells autoimmune tests, while the blood bank screening business has a particular 
emphasis on syphilis and malaria testing. This increase was partly offset by a decrease of US$253,000 in Lyme sales due to the 
impact of extreme cold weather conditions in north east USA resulting in the ticks that carry the bacteria which cause Lyme disease to 
remain underground, thus reducing the risk of contraction by humans.  

Point-of-Care  
Our principal Point-of-Care product is Unigold™, which tests for the presence of HIV antibodies. Our two main markets for Point-of-
Care tests are USA and Africa. Point-of-Care revenues increased by US$600,000, which represents an increase of 3.1%. This increase 
was due to a 4% increase in revenues in Africa, due to higher international and governmental funding in Nigeria, Tanzania and 
Zambia. This was partly offset by a 3% decrease in revenues in the USA due to lower federal funding for HIV testing programmes.  

Revenues by Geographical Region  
The following table sets forth selected sales data, analysed by geographic region, based on location of customer:  

Revenues 
Americas 
Europe 
Asia/Africa 
Total 

Year ended December 31,
2012 
2013
US$‘000      
US$‘000

% Change 

54,761     
12,394     
24,061     
91,216     

49,638    
10,214    
22,658    
82,510    

10.3% 
21.3% 
6.2% 
10.6% 

23 

  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
In the Americas, the 10% increase amounting to US$5,123,000 is primarily attributable to the Immco acquisition. This increase was 
partly offset by a reduction in sales of Lyme’s disease products.  

Revenues in Europe increased by US$2,180,000, or 21% compared to 2012. The increase was due to growth in sales of the Premier 
analyzer and the impact of acquisitions in 2013.  

Asia/Africa revenues increased by 6%, or US$1,403,000 compared to 2012. The main reason for this is the strong growth in sales of 
Trinity’s Unigold rapid HIV test in Africa. Higher sales of infectious diseases tests in China and the new Premier analyzer also 
contributed to the growth.  

For further information about the Group’s principal products, principal markets and competition please refer to Item 4, “Information 
on the Company”.  

3. Operating Profit  
The following table sets forth the Group’s operating profit:  

Revenues 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Other operating income 
Research & development 
SG&A expenses 
Operating profit 

Year ended December 31,
2012 
2013
US$’000   
US$’000  
82,510    
91,216    
(40,257)  
(45,996)  
42,253    
45,220    
468    
532    
(3,130)  
(3,691)  
(22,425)  
(33,066) 
17,166    
8,995    

% Change 

10.6% 
14.3% 
7.0% 
13.7% 
17.9% 
47.5% 
(47.6%) 

Cost of sales and gross margin  
Total cost of sales increased by US$5,739,000 from US$40,257,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to US$45,996,000, for the 
year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of 14%. The gross margin of 49.6% in 2013 compares to a gross margin of 51.2% in 
2012.  

The increase in cost of sales and the decrease in gross margin in 2013 is largely attributable to (a) the introduction of a medical 
devices excise tax by the US government on 1  January 2013, which resulted in additional costs of US$691,000, (b) a higher level of 
sales of A1c instruments (instruments have lower margins than the accompanying reagents and consumables) and (c) the margin 
earned by the new blood bank screening business acquired in H2 2013 was lower than average due to high running costs associated 
with the two manufacturing facilities in the UK. These facilities will be closed in mid-2014, following the transfer of manufacturing 
to Trinity Biotech’s facilities in Ireland and New York.  

st

Other operating income  
Other operating income comprises rental income from sublet properties and income from the provision of services to Lab21 Ltd and 
Diagnostica Stago under Transition Services Agreements (TSAs). TSA income from Diagnostica Stago commenced in April 2010 
and comprised a variety of services including accounting, information technology and logistics support and warehousing services. 
The majority of the TSA services derived from Diagnostica Stago were short term arrangements which ceased by the middle of 2012. 
TSA income from Lab21 Ltd commenced in 2013 and comprises facilities and information technology services.  

Research and development expenses  
Research and development (“R&D”) expenditure recorded in the Statement of Operations increased from US$3,130,000 in 2012 to 
US$3,691,000 in 2013. The increase of US$561,000 was mainly due to the impact of two acquisitions during 2013 and an increase in 
headcount in our US technical support team. For details of the Company’s various R&D projects see “Research and Products under 
Development” below.  

24 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
Selling, General & Administrative expenses (SG&A)  
Total SG&A expenses increased by US$10,641,000 from US$22,425,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to US$33,066,000 
for the year ended December 31, 2013.  

The following table outlines the breakdown of SG&A expenses in 2013 compared to 2012.  

SG&A (excl. share-based payments and 

amortisation) 

Share-based payments 
Amortisation 
Total 

Year ended December 31,
2012
2013
US$’000  

US$’000     

29,186     
1,978     
1,902    
33,066     

19,268    
1,675    
1,482    
22,425    

Increase/(Decrease)
US$’000 

% Change 

9,918    
303    
420    
10,641    

51% 
18% 
28% 
47% 

Selling General & Administrative Expenditure (excluding share-based payments and amortisation)  
SG&A expenses excluding share-based payments and amortisation increased from US$19,268,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2012 to US$29,186,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, which represents an increase of 51%. The increase of US$9,918,000 
is attributable to the following main reasons:  

•

•

•

  the combined Selling General & Administrative Expenditure incurred by the two acquired businesses was US$3,900,000, 

excluding share-based payments, amortisation costs and restructuring charges; 

  in 2013, the Group acquired the blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd. In order to drive significant operational 
synergies and efficiencies, the production activities of the blood bank screening business will be transferred from its 
current UK premises to our existing manufacturing facilities in Bray, Ireland and Jamestown, New York during 2014. This 
will result in redundancies in the UK and we have recognised a restructuring charge in 2013 of US$690,000;  
  a cost of US$5,415,000 to acquire a licence to a significant HIV-2 patent portfolio, including associated legal fees and net 
of implicit interest to reflect the contractual payment terms. The cost of the licence has been charged to the Statement Of 
Operations in 2013 as management have determined that the Company will not generate any incremental cash flows or 
otherwise generate any future economic benefit from the license. The Company recently received approval from the FDA 
for the HIV-2 claim on its Uni-gold™ HIV kit in the USA. Future growth in HIV revenues in the USA will result from the 
granting of the HIV-2 claim by the FDA, rather than from the HIV-2 licence itself. 

Share-based payments  
The expense represents the fair value of share options granted to directors and employees which is charged to the statement of 
operations over the vesting period of the underlying options. The Group has used a trinomial valuation model for the purposes of 
valuing these share options with the key inputs to the model being the expected volatility over the life of the options, the expected life 
of the option, the option price and the risk free rate.  

The Group recorded a total share-based payments charge of US$2,014,000 (2012: US$1,713,000). The increase of US$301,000 in the 
total share-based payments expense is due to the full year effect of share options granted to employees and directors during 2012 and 
the impact of new share options granted during 2013. The total charge is shown in the following expense headings in the statement of 
operations: US$36,000 (2012: US$38,000) was charged against cost of sales and US$1,978,000 (2012: US$1,675,000) was charged 
against selling, general & administrative expenses.  

For further details refer to Item 18, Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.  

25 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Amortisation  
Amortisation increased from US$1,482,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to US$1,902,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2013. The increase of US$420,000 is mainly due to the amortisation charged on intangibles acquired in 2013 as part of the Immco 
Diagnostics and blood bank screening acquisitions and higher amortisation charges as new products were launched. For further details 
of these business combinations refer to Item 18, Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.  

4. Profit for the year  
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.  

Operating profit 
Net financing income 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit of the year 

Year ended December 31,
2012 
2013
US$‘000   
US$‘000  
17,166    
2,192    
19,358    
(2,017)  
17,341    

8,995    
1,225    
10,220    
(574)   
9,646    

% Change 

(48%) 
(44%) 
(47%) 
(72%) 
(44%) 

Net Financing income  
Net financing income is US$1,225,000 for year-end December 31, 2013 compared to US$2,192,000 in 2012. Financial expenses 
remained broadly the same at US$51,000. Financial income decreased from US$2,280,000 for the year-end December 31, 2012 to 
US$1,276,000 in 2013 due to the fall in deposit interest rates and a reduction in the amount of cash on deposit following two 
acquisitions in 2013.  

Taxation  
The Group recorded a tax charge of US$574,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to US$2,017,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2012. The 2013 tax charge comprises US$175,000 of current tax credit and US$749,000 of deferred tax charge. 
The decrease in the total tax charge in 2013 is primarily due to lower profits in our Irish operations and a higher R&D tax credit in 
2013. For further details on the Group’s tax charge please refer to Item 18, Note 8 and Note 12 to the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Profit for the year  
The profit for the year amounted to US$9,646,000, which represents a decrease of US$7,695,000 when compared to US$17,341,000 
in 2012, representing a decrease of 44%.  

26 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
Results of Operations  
Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011  
The following compares our results in the year ended December 31, 2012 to those of the year ended December 31, 2011 under IFRS. 
Our analysis is divided as follows:  

5. Overview 

6.

Revenues 

7. Operating Profit 

8.

Profit for the year 

5. Overview  
In 2012, revenues increased by US$4.6 million to US$82.5 million, which represented a growth rate of 6%. Most of the revenue 
growth was attributable to the point-of-care products, in particular the HIV rapid test.  

Geographically, 60% of our sales were generated in the Americas, 28% in Africa/Asia and 12% in Europe.  

The gross margin is 51.2% for 2012, which is 0.3% lower than the gross margin for 2011. The reduction in gross margin is explained 
by a high level of sales of A1c instruments, following the launch of the Premier analyzer. Instruments have lower margins than the 
accompanying reagents and consumables.  

The operating profit is US$17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 which compares to US$15.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2011. The operating margin is 20.8% in 2012, compared to 20.2% in 2011. The increase in the operating margin is due 
to the impact of a 6% increase in revenues coupled with strong budgetary control over Sales, General & Administrative (SG&A) 
costs, which increased by just under 2%.  

Net financial income decreased from US$2.4 million to US$2.2 million, mainly due to a reduction in deposit interest rates.  

The profit after tax for the year ended December 31, 2012 was US$17.3 million which compares to a profit after tax for the year 
ended December 31, 2011 of US$15.6 million.  

In 2012 the Group acquired Fiomi Diagnostics, a company based in Sweden which is developing a range of cardiac assays. Fiomi has 
not yet commenced selling its products.  

6. Revenues  
The Group’s revenues consist of the sale of diagnostic kits and related instrumentation and the sale of raw materials to the life 
sciences industry. Revenues from the sale of the above products are generally recognised on the basis of shipment to customers. The 
Group ships its products on a variety of freight terms, including ex-works, CIF (carriage including freight) and FOB (free on board), 
depending on the specific terms agreed with customers. In cases where the Group ships on terms other than ex-works, the Group does 
not recognise the revenue until its obligations have been fulfilled in accordance with the shipping terms.  

No right of return exists in relation to product sales except in instances where demonstrable product defects occur. The Group has 
defined procedures for dealing with customer complaints associated with such product defects as they arise.  

The Group also derives a portion of its revenues from leasing infectious diseases diagnostic instruments to customers. In cases where 
the risks and rewards of ownership of the instrument passes to the customer, the fair value of the instrument is recognised at the time 
of sale matched by the related cost of sale. In the case of operating leases of instruments which typically involve commitments by the 
customer to pay a fee per test run on the instruments, revenue is recognised on the basis of customer usage of the instruments. In 
certain markets, the Group also earns revenue from servicing infectious diseases instruments located at customer premises.  

27 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Revenues by Product Line  
Trinity Biotech’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were US$82,510,000 compared to revenues of US$77,948,000 for 
the year ended December 31, 2011, which represents an increase of US$4,562,000 or 6%. The following table sets forth selected sales 
data for each of the periods indicated.  

Revenues 
Clinical Laboratory 
Point-of-Care 
Total 

Year ended December 31,
2011 
2012
US$’000      
US$’000

% Change 

63,356     
19,154     
82,510     

61,386    
16,562    
77,948    

3.2% 
15.7% 
5.9% 

Clinical Laboratory  
In 2012 Clinical Laboratory revenues increased by US$1,970,000 which equates to 3.2%.  

The increase of 3.2% is attributable to three main factors:  

•

•

•

  the full year effect of the Premier analyzer which tests for haemoglobin A1c and haemoglobin variants and was launched 
towards the end of 2011. In excess of 200 Premier instruments were sold in 2012 and there was a related increase in sales 
of the accompanying reagents; 

  growth in Infectious Diseases revenues in China; and 
  a stronger Lyme season in the USA in 2012.  

These increases were partially offset by a decrease in our Clinical Chemistry range of products which test for liver and kidney disease 
and haemolytic anaemia.  

Point-of-Care  
Our principal Point-of-Care product is Unigold™, which tests for the presence of HIV antibodies. Our two main markets for Point-of-
Care tests are USA and Africa. Point-of-Care revenues increased by US$2,592,000, which represents an increase of just under 16%. 
This increase was due to higher revenues in Africa offset by slightly lower revenues in the USA.  

Revenues by Geographical Region  
The following table sets forth selected sales data, analysed by geographic region, based on location of customer:  

Revenues 
Americas 
Europe 
Asia/Africa 
Total 

Year ended December 31,
2011 
2012
US$‘000      
US$‘000  

% Change 

49,638     
10,214     
22,658     
82,510     

51,352    
9,423    
17,173    
77,948    

(3.3%) 
8.4% 
31.9% 
5.9% 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
In the Americas, the 3% decrease amounting to US$1,714,000 is primarily attributable to a reduction in point-of-care revenues due to 
less government funding for HIV testing in USA. This reduction was largely offset by strong growth in our Lyme’s disease and 
haemoglobin A1c products.  

Revenues in Europe increased by US$791,000, or 8% compared to 2011. The increase was due to the full year effect of the Premier 
analyzer which was launched towards the end of 2011.  

Asia/Africa revenues increased by 32%, or US$5,485,000 compared to 2011. The main reason for this is the strong growth in sales of 
Trinity’s Unigold rapid HIV test in Africa. Higher sales of infectious diseases tests in China and the new Premier analyzer also 
contributed to the growth.  

For further information about the Group’s principal products, principal markets and competition please refer to Item 4, “Information 
on the Company”.  

7. Operating Profit  
The following table sets forth the Group’s operating profit:  

Revenues 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Other operating income 
Research & development 
SG&A expenses 
Operating profit 

Year ended December 31,
2011 
US$’000   
77,948    
(37,820)  
40,128    
910    
(3,206)  
(22,048)  
15,784    

2012
US$’000  
82,510    
(40,257) 
42,253    
468    
(3,130) 
(22,425)  
17,166    

% Change 

5.9% 
6.4% 
5.3% 
(48.6%) 
(2.4%) 
1.7% 
8.8% 

Cost of sales  
Total cost of sales increased by US$2,437,000 from US$37,820,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to US$40,257,000, for the 
year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of 6%. The increase in cost of sales in 2012 is broadly in line with the increase in 
revenues.  

Gross margin  
The gross margin of 51.2% in 2012 compares to a gross margin of 51.5% in 2011. The decrease in gross margin in 2011 is largely 
attributable to a high level of sales of A1c instruments, following the launch of the Premier analyzer. Instruments have lower margins 
than the accompanying reagents and consumables  

Other operating income  
Other operating income comprises rental income from sublet properties and income from the provision of services to Diagnostica 
Stago under a Transition Services Agreement (TSA). TSA income commenced in April 2010 and comprised a variety of services 
including accounting, information technology and logistics support and warehousing services. The majority of the TSA services were 
short term arrangements which ceased by the middle of 2011 and this is the main reason explaining the reduction in Other operating 
income in 2012.  

Research and development expenses  
Research and development (“R&D”) expenditure reduced from US$3,206,000 in 2011 to US$3,130,000 in 2012. The decrease of 2% 
was due to higher capitalisations of salary costs into development projects. For details of the Company’s various R&D projects see 
“Research and Products under Development” in Item 5 below.  

Selling, General & Administrative expenses (SG&A)  
Total SG&A expenses increased by US$377,000 from US$22,048,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to US$22,425,000 for 
the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is primarily due an increase in the share-based payments.  

29 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
The following table outlines the breakdown of SG&A expenses in 2012 compared to 2011. 

SG&A (excl. share-based payments and 

amortisation) 

Share-based payments 
Amortisation 
Total 

Year ended December 31,

2012
US$’000  

2011

US$’000    

Increase/(Decrease)
US$’000 

% Change 

  19,268    
1,675    
1,482    
  22,425    

19,386   
1,235   
1,427   
22,048   

(118)  
440    
55    
377    

(0.6%) 
35.6% 
3.9% 
1.7% 

Selling General & Administrative Expenditure (excluding share-based payments and amortisation)  
SG&A expenses excluding share-based payments and amortisation decreased from US$19,386,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2011 to US$19,268,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, which represents a decrease of 1%. The decrease this year of 
US$118,000 is mainly due to the impact of foreign exchange rates, specifically a 7% strengthening of the US dollar versus the euro. 
This saving was partially offset by acquisition costs related to the purchase of Fiomi Diagnostics.  

Share-based payments  
The expense represents the fair value of share options granted to directors and employees which is charged to the statement of 
operations over the vesting period of the underlying options. The Group has used a trinomial valuation model for the purposes of 
valuing these share options with the key inputs to the model being the expected volatility over the life of the options, the expected life 
of the option, the option price and the risk free rate.  

The Group recorded a total share-based payments charge of US$1,713,000 (2011: US$1,269,000). The increase of US$444,000 in the 
total share-based payments expense is due to the full year effect of share options granted to employees and directors during 2011 and 
the impact of new share options granted during 2012. The total charge is shown in the following expense headings in the statement of 
operations: US$38,000 (2011: US$34,000) was charged against cost of sales and US$1,675,000 (2011: US$1,235,000) was charged 
against selling, general & administrative expenses.  

For further details refer to Item 18, Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.  

Amortisation  
Amortisation increased from US$1,427,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to US$1,482,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2012. The increase of US$55,000 is mainly due to the full year effect of the amortisation of amounts related to the development of the 
Premier instrument.  

8. Profit for the year  
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.  

Operating profit 
Net financing income 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit of the year 

Year ended December 31,
2011 
2012
US$‘000   
US$‘000  
15,784    
17,166    
2,416    
2,192    
18,200    
19,358  
(2,607)  
(2,017)   
15,593    
17,341    

% Change 

8.8% 
(9.3%) 
6.4% 
(22.6%) 
11.2% 

Net Financing income  
Net financing income is US$2,192,000 for year-end December 31, 2012 compared to US$2,416,000 in 2011. Financial expenses 
increased from US$12,000 for year-end December 31, 2011 to US$88,000 in 2012. The increase is mainly due to the implicit interest 
on the deferred consideration due as part of the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics. Financial income decreased from US$2,428,000 for 
year-end December 31, 2011 to US$2,280,000 in 2012 due to the fall in deposit interest rates.  

30 

  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
Taxation  
The Group recorded a tax charge of US$2,017,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to US$2,607,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2011. The 2012 tax charge comprises US$338,000 of current tax and US$1,679,000 of deferred tax. The 
decrease in the total tax charge in 2012 is primarily due to a greater proportion of the Group’s income being earned in lower tax 
jurisdictions. For further details on the Group’s tax charge please refer to Item 18, Note 8 and Note 12 to the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Profit for the year  
The profit for the year amounted to US$17,341,000, which represents an increase of US$1,748,000 when compared to 
US$15,593,000 in 2011, representing an increase of 11.2%.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  
Financing  
The Group has no bank borrowings. During 2010 the Group repaid in full the outstanding portion of its US$48,340,000 club banking 
facility with AIB plc and Bank of Scotland (Ireland) Limited (“the banks”) using the proceeds from the divestiture of the Coagulation 
product line. This facility had been secured on the assets of the Group (see Item 18, Note 23(c)).  

Working capital  
In the Directors’ opinion the Group will have access to sufficient funds to support its existing operations for at least the next 12 
months by utilising existing cash resources and cash generated from operations.  

The amount of cash generated from operations will depend on a number of factors which include the following:  

•

•

•

•

•

  The ability of the Group to continue to generate revenue growth from its existing product lines;  
  The ability of the Group to generate revenues from new products following the successful completion of its development 
projects;  
  The extent to which capital expenditure is incurred on additional property plant and equipment;  
  The level of investment required to undertake both new and existing development projects; and  
  Successful working capital management in the context of a growing business. 

Cash management  
As at December 31, 2013, Trinity Biotech’s consolidated cash and cash equivalents were US$22,317,000. This compares to cash and 
cash equivalents of US$74,947,000 at December 31, 2012.  

Cash generated from operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to US$8,766,000 (2012: US$18,822,000), a 
decrease of US$10,056,000. The decrease in cash generated from operations of US$10,056,000 is attributable to a decrease in 
operating cash flows before changes in working capital of US$2,432,000 in addition to increases in working capital outflows of 
US$7,624,000. The decrease in operating cash flows before changes in working capital of US$2,432,000 is primarily driven by the 
decrease in profit during the current financial year. The working capital outflow increase, when compared to the prior year, is partly 
due to the increase in the cash outflows for trade and other receivables of US$4,973,000 (mainly due to increased revenues and a 
slight increase in debtor days) and increase in cash outflows of US$5,884,000 for inventories. This has been offset partially by the 
increase in cash inflows from trade and other payables, when compared to the prior year, of US$3,233,000. The cash generated from 
operations was attributable to an operating profit of US$8,995,000 (2012: US$17,166,000), as adjusted for non cash items of 
US$10,806,000 (2012: US$5,067,000) plus cash outflows due to changes in working capital of US$11,035,000 (2012: cash outflows 
of US$3,411,000).  

The increase in other non cash charges from US$5,067,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to US$10,806,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 2013 is mainly attributable to once-off charges incurred in the year relating to restructuring and new license 
agreements entered into.  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The net cash outflows in 2013 due to changes in working capital of US$11,035,000 are due to the following:  

•

•

•

  An increase in trade and other receivables of US$7,032,000 due to the increase in revenues and the increase, year on year, 

in the debtors days number; 

  An increase in inventory of US$7,258,000 due to the strategic build up of certain stock items during the course of the year 

(most notably in relation to the Premier Hb9210 Instrument); and 
  An increase in trade and other payables balance of US$3,255,000 due to increased production requirements.  

Net interest received amounted to US$1,292,000 (2012: US$2,186,000). This consisted of interest received of US$1,292,000 (2012: 
US$2,189,000) on the Group’s cash deposits.  

Net cash outflows from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to US$61,193,000 (2012: outflows of 
US$9,960,000) which were principally made up as follows:  

•

•

•

  Payments of US$39,424,000 to acquire Immco Diagnostics Inc and the blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd, 

partially offset by cash received with acquired subsidiary of US$1,407,000; 

  Payments to acquire intangible assets of US$18,687,000 (2012: US$12,631,000), which principally related to development 
expenditure capitalised as part of the Group’s on-going product development activities; and  
  Acquisition of property, plant and equipment of US$4,489,000 (2012: US$2,665,000) incurred as part of the Group’s 

investment programme for its manufacturing and distribution activities. 

Net cash outflows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to US$798,000 (2012: US$6,193,000). 
The principal reason for the decrease in outflows in 2013 is due to the fact that the Group did not purchase any Treasury shares during 
the year when compared to 2012. The main area of cash outflow from financing activities for the year was the annual dividend 
payment of US$4,373,000 (2012: US$3,224,000). Other cash outflows included expenses paid in connection with share issues and 
debt financing of US$87,000 (2012: US$22,000). These outflows were partially offset by the receipt of US$3,662,000 from the issue 
of ordinary shares in 2013 (2012: US$2,505,000). Ordinary shares issued in 2013 and 2012 are as a result of share options and 
warrants exercised during the course of the year.  

The majority of the Group’s transactions are conducted in US Dollars. The primary foreign exchange risk arises from the fluctuating 
value of the Group’s Euro denominated expenses as a result of the movement in the exchange rate between the US Dollar and the 
Euro. Trinity Biotech continuously monitors its exposure to foreign currency movements and based on expectations of future 
exchange rate exposure, implements a hedging policy which may include covering a portion of this exposure through the use of 
forward contracts. When used, these forward contracts are cashflow hedging instruments whose objective is to cover a portion of 
these Euro forecasted transactions.  

As at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 there was no interest-bearing debt outstanding. Cash and cash equivalents were 
US$22,317,000 (2012: US$74,947,000). For a more comprehensive discussion of the Group’s use of financial instruments, its 
currency and interest rate structure and its funding and treasury policies please refer to Item 11 “Qualitative and Quantitative 
Disclosures about Market Risk”.  

Contractual obligations  
The following table summarises our minimum contractual obligations and commercial commitments, including interest, as of 
December 31, 2013:  

Contractual Obligations
Operating lease obligations 
Total 

Payments due by Period

Total
US$’000
   32,461    
   32,461    

less than
1 year

US$’000   
3,510    
3,510    

1-3 Years
US$’000     
  5,498    
  5,498    

more than
5 years
US$’000

4-5 Years
US$’000  
  3,620     19,833  
  3,620     19,833  

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
In the past, Trinity Biotech incurred debt and raised equity to pursue its policy of growth through acquisition. However, since the 
divestiture of the Coagulation product line in 2010, the Group has eliminated bank debt and has considerable cash resources. The 
Group intends to grow organically for the foreseeable future and Trinity Biotech believes that it will have sufficient funds to meet its 
capital commitments and continue existing operations in to the future, in excess of 12 months. If the Group was to make a large and 
unanticipated cash outlay, the Group would have further funding requirements. If this were the case, there can be no assurance that 
financing will be available at attractive terms, or at all. The Group believes that success in raising additional capital or obtaining 
profitability will be dependent on the viability of its products and their success in the market place.  

Impact of Currency Fluctuation  
Trinity Biotech’s revenue and expenses are affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates especially the exchange rate between 
the US Dollar and the Euro. Trinity Biotech’s revenues are primarily denominated in US Dollars and its expenses are incurred 
principally in US Dollars and Euro. The weakening of the US Dollar could have an adverse impact on future profitability. 
Management are actively seeking to reduce the mismatch in this regard to mitigate this risk. The revenues and costs incurred by US 
subsidiaries are denominated in US Dollars.  

Trinity Biotech holds most of its cash assets in US Dollars. As Trinity Biotech reports in US Dollars, fluctuations in exchange rates 
do not result in exchange differences on these cash assets. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Euro and the US Dollar may 
impact on the Group’s Euro monetary assets and liabilities and on Euro expenses and consequently the Group’s earnings.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  
After consideration of the following items the Group’s management have determined that there are no off-balance sheet arrangements 
which need to be reflected in the financial statements.  

Leases with Related Parties  
The Group has entered into lease arrangements for premises in Ireland with JRJ Investments (“JRJ”), a partnership currently owned 
by Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh, directors of Trinity Biotech plc, and directly with Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh. Independent valuers 
have advised Trinity Biotech that the rent fixed with respect to these leases represents a fair market rent. Details of these leases with 
related parties are set out in Item 4 “Information on the Company”, Item 7 “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” and 
Item 18, Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.  

Research & Development (“R&D”) carried out by third parties  
Certain R&D activities of the Group have been outsourced to third parties. These activities are carried out in the normal course of 
business with these companies.  

During 2013, a number of individuals acted as third party consultants and contractors; working principally on the Troponin I and 
Premier projects. The total amount paid to these R&D consultants and contractors in 2013 was US$2,894,000 (2012: US$1,910,000). 

Research and Products under Development  
History  
Historically, Trinity Biotech had been primarily focused on infectious diseases diagnostics. The Group acquired a broad portfolio of 
microtitre plate (“EIA”) and Western Blot products and has added to these over the last number of years through additional internally 
developed products. More recently, the Group has entered into several other diagnostic areas including Point-of-Care (POC) and 
clinical chemistry. The Research and Development (“R&D”) activities of the Group have mirrored this expansion by developing new 
products in these areas also.  

Centres of Excellence  
Trinity Biotech has research and development groups focusing separately on Point-of-Care products, Diabetes products and Western 
Blot products. These groups are located in Ireland and the USA and largely mirror the production capability at each production site, 
hence creating a centre of excellence for each product type. In addition to in-house activities, Trinity Biotech sub-contracts some 
research and development from time to time to independent researchers based in the USA and Europe.  

33 

  
Principal Development Projects  
The following table sets forth for each of the main development projects, the costs incurred during each period presented and the 
cumulative costs incurred as at 31 December 2013:  

Product Name
Troponin I assay and reader 
Premier Instrument for Haemoglobin A1c testing 
Brain Natriuretic Peptide (BNP) assay 
Syphilis Rapid Point-of-Care test
Genesys/Resolution column enhancement 
C. Difficile Rapid Point-of-Care test 
H Pylori Rapid Point-of-Care test
Tristat Point-of-Care instrument
Strep pneumonia Rapid Point-of-Care test 

2013
US$’000  
7,200    
3,861    
1,204     
859     
685     
580     
499     
481     
342    

2012
US$’000  
5,048      
3,854      
—        
750      
—        
700      
146      
440      
339      

Total project 
costs to 
December 31, 
2013
US$’000

12,248   
15,748   
1,204   
2,405   
685   
1,464   
700   
5,348   
876   

The costs in the foregoing table mainly comprise the cost of internal resources, such as the payroll costs for the development teams 
and attributable overheads. The remainder mainly comprises materials, consumables and third party consultants’ costs.  

The following table sets forth the estimated cost to complete each of the main development projects which were underway in 2013. 
The total estimated completion costs are anticipated to be incurred evenly up to the completion date of the relevant project.  

Product Name
Troponin I assay and reader
1
Brain Natriuretic Peptide (BNP) assay 
Premier Instrument for Haemoglobin A1c testing² 
Unigold Recombigen HIV Rapid enhancement 
HIV Ag-Ab rapid test 
Malaria Point-of-Care test 
HIV 1/2 
US Striped Lyme 
Syphilis Rapid Point-of-Care test
H Pylori Rapid Point-of-Care test
Parvo 
IgM Captia 
West Nile Virus assay 

Total costs to
complete
US$’000

Estimated date 
    for completion      

6,900     
2,500    
7,200    
2,000     
1,500     
1,000     
1,000     
800     
750     
500    
420    
400     
300     

2015   
2015   
2015   
2015   
2015   
2015   
2015   
2014   
2014   
2014   
2014   
2015   
2014   

¹ The estimated total development costs for the Troponin I assay and reader have increased significantly since last year’s estimate 

²

due to the project taking longer than expected and an increase in clinical trial costs. 
In the next two years, the Premier Instrument development project aims to expand the current offering to include an Ion exchange 
version, a neo-natal instrument and an instrument with total laboratory automation (TLA) capability. 

There are inherent risks and uncertainties associated with completing development projects on schedule. In our experience the main 
risks to the achievement of a project’s planned completion date occur primarily during the product’s verification and validation phase. 
During this phase the product must attain successful results from in-house product testing and from third party clinical trials. 
Obtaining regulatory approval on a timely basis is another variable in achieving a project’s planned completion date.  

34 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
We acknowledge that some aspects of a new product development are to an extent outside of the control of the Group. 
Notwithstanding the uncertainty surrounding these external factors, we believe the planned completion dates of these projects are 
realistic and achievable. If major development projects were severely delayed, in our opinion it would not impact significantly on 
Trinity Biotech’s financial position or on the capitalization criteria. As the manufacturing lead time for these new products is 
relatively short, it is anticipated that material cash inflows will commence shortly after each of the project’s planned completion date. 

The following is a description of the principal projects which are currently being undertaken by the R&D groups within Trinity 
Biotech:  

Point-of-Care (“POC”) Development Group  
During 2010, the company commissioned and staffed a new POC product development unit at its Carlsbad, CA facility. This facility 
has been equipped with state-of-the-art POC assay development equipment and the Group has commenced development of a portfolio 
of Point-of-Care / lateral flow infectious disease tests. Initial tests include an enteric panel of assays for the detection of Giardia, 
Cryptosporidium and C. Difficile antigens in human stool samples. We are also developing tests for the detection of treponemal and 
non-treponemal Syphilis antibodies in human whole blood, H. pylori antigen and strep pneumoniae The company is currently in the 
process of obtaining CE marking for these products after which FDA approval will be sought.  

A1c Development Group  
Premier Hb9210 Instrument for Haemoglobin A1c Testing  
This project entails the development of a new High Performance Liquid Chromotography (HPLC) instrument for testing haemoglobin 
A1c (HbA1c). This is a measure of a patient’s average blood sugar control over the last two to three months. The new instrument will 
allow access to markets not previously open to Trinity Biotech due to instrument price and test capability. Development was initiated 
in late 2007, and was launched in the non-US market in 2011 followed by the USA in early 2012.  

The Premier Hb9210 analyser is a best in class instrument with the following key advantages:  

•

•

•

•

  Patented boronate affinity technology on an HPLC platform (only one in the market) eliminating interference from 

common haemoglobin variants; 

  Results available in 1 minute enabling fastest patient result turnaround times; 
  State-of-the-art software using touch screen technology to facilitate ease of use with operators; and  
  Modular instrument which will significantly reduce the cost of on-site maintenance. 

HbA1c testing is one of the fastest growing markets in the diagnostics industry. Diabetes is the fourth leading cause of death by 
disease in the world. In 2013, 5.1 million people died due to diabetes, every 6 seconds a person dies from the disease. The number of 
diabetic patients is expected to reach 592 million in 2035. In the U.S. alone some 24.4 million Americans (7 percent of the 
population) have the disease with a further 54 million Americans considered to be pre-diabetic. The total laboratory HbA1c market 
worldwide is approximately US$300 million.  

Since 2012, the company focussed on the development of an ion exchange version of the Premier Hb9210 which will be capable of 
detecting both A1c and haemoglobin variants. This product is expected to be launched in 2014.  

Emergency Medicine Development Group  
During 2012, the company acquired Fiomi Diagnostics AB, a Swedish based company which was founded to develop diagnostic tests 
for the point of care cardiac market. Fiomi is currently at an advanced stage of developing a point of care test for Troponin I, which is 
a recognised marker for detecting acute myocardial infarctions. The technology, which uses micro-pillar technology, is capable of 
providing extremely sensitive, highly reproducible, quantitative, multiplexed results which give more accurate results than the 
established point-of-care tests currently in the market.  

CE marking for this product was received in January 2014, and is expected to be submitted for FDA approval during 2014. Using the 
same platform, the company is also developing a test for BNP which is a marker for heart failure. CE marking for this product is 
expected in mid-2014 with submission for FDA approval to follow later that year. The point-of-care cardiac market is currently 
estimated to be $650m and is growing rapidly. The vast majority of this market is based on Troponin I and BNP related products.  

35 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
In addition to cardiac tests, the company believes that diagnostic tests in a range of other fields are capable of being developed using 
the same platform.  

Trend Information  
For information on trends in future operating expenses and capital resources, see “Results of Operations” and “Liquidity and Capital 
Resources” under Item 5.  

Directors and Senior Management 

Item 6
Directors  

Name
Ronan O’Caoimh 
Rory Nealon 
Jim Walsh, PhD 
Denis R. Burger, PhD 
Peter Coyne 
Clint Severson 
James D. Merselis 
Executive Officer 
Kevin Tansley 

   Age      Title

 58     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 46     Director, Chief Operations Officer
 55     Director, Chief Scientific Officer
 70     Non Executive Director
 54     Non Executive Director
 65     Non Executive Director
 60     Non Executive Director

 43     Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary

Board of Directors & Executive Officers  

Ronan O’Caoimh, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, co-founded Trinity Biotech in June 1992 and acted as Chief Financial 
Officer until March 1994 when he became Chief Executive Officer. He was also elected Chairman in May 1995. In November 2007, 
it was decided to separate the role of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman and Mr O’Caoimh assumed the role of Executive 
Chairman. In October 2008, following the resignation of the Chief Executive Officer, Mr O’Caoimh resumed the role of Chief 
Executive Officer and Chairman. Prior to joining Trinity Biotech, Mr O’Caoimh was Managing Director of Noctech Limited, an Irish 
diagnostics company. Mr O’Caoimh was Finance Director of Noctech Limited from 1988 until January 1991 when he became 
Managing Director. Mr O’Caoimh holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from University College Dublin and is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland. On March 30, 2011, the service agreement with Ronan O’Caoimh as Chief Executive 
Officer was terminated and replaced by an agreement with Darnick Company.  

Rory Nealon, Chief Operations Officer, joined Trinity Biotech as Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary in January 2003. 
He was appointed Chief Operations Officer in November 2007. Prior to joining Trinity Biotech, he was Chief Financial Officer of 
Conduit plc, an Irish directory services provider with operations in Ireland, the UK, Austria and Switzerland. Prior to joining Conduit 
he was an Associate Director in AIB Capital Markets, a subsidiary of AIB Group plc, the Irish banking group. Mr Nealon holds a 
Bachelor of Commerce degree from University College Dublin, is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland, a 
member of the Institute of Taxation in Ireland and a member of the Institute of Corporate Treasurers in the UK.  

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Jim Walsh, PhD, Executive Director, initially joined Trinity Biotech in October 1995 as Chief Operations Officer. Dr. Walsh 
resigned from the role of Chief Operations Officer in 2007 to become a Non Executive Director of the Company. In October, 2010 
Dr. Walsh rejoined the company as Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to joining Trinity Biotech, Dr. Walsh was Managing Director of 
Cambridge Diagnostics Ireland Limited (CDIL). He was employed with CDIL since 1987. Before joining CDIL he worked with 
Fleming GmbH as Research & Development Manager. Dr. Walsh holds a PhD in Chemistry from University College Galway.  

Denis R. Burger, PhD, Non-executive director, co-founded Trinity Biotech in June 1992 and was Chairman from June 1992 to May 
1995. He is currently Chairman of AMES technology, a private medical device company, and is also non-executive director of Lorus 
Therapeutics, Inc, a cancer therapeutics, TSX listed company. Until March 2007, Dr. Burger was the Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer of AVI Biopharma Inc, a NASDAQ listed biotechnology company. He was also a co-founder and, from 1981 to 1990, 
Chairman of Epitope Inc. In addition, Dr. Burger has held a professorship in the Department of Microbiology and Immunology and 
Surgery (Surgical Oncology) at the Oregon Health and Sciences University in Portland. Dr. Burger received his degree in 
Bacteriology and Immunology from the University of California in Berkeley in 1965 and his Master of Science and PhD in 1969 in 
Microbiology and Immunology from the University of Arizona.  

Peter Coyne, Non-executive director, joined the board of Trinity Biotech in November 2001 as a non-executive director. Mr. Coyne 
trained as a chartered accountant in the Corporate Financial Services practice of Arthur Andersen & Co. Mr. Coyne was previously a 
director of AIB Corporate Finance and has extensive experience of advising boards on mergers and acquisitions and corporate 
strategy. Mr. Coyne is a partner of VISION Consulting, an international consulting firm delivering breakthrough solutions in 
customer service and leadership development. Mr. Coyne is a non-executive director of Ark Life Assurance Company Limited. 
Mr. Coyne holds a bachelor of engineering degree from University College Dublin, is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in Ireland and is a CEDR Accredited Mediator.  

Clint Severson, Non-executive director, joined the board of Trinity Biotech in November 2008 as a non-executive 
director. Mr. Severson is currently Chairman, President and CEO of Abaxis Inc., a NASDAQ traded diagnostics company based in 
Union City, California. From February 1989 to May 1996, Mr. Severson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MAST 
Immunosystems, Inc., a privately-held medical diagnostic company and to date he has accumulated over 30 years experience in the 
medical diagnostics industry.  

James D. Merselis, Non-executive director, joined the board of Trinity Biotech in February 2009 as a non-executive director. He is 
currently CEO of Biosensia Ltd; a point-of-care diagnostics company located in Dublin, Ireland and is on the boards of Abram 
Scientific Inc. located in Mountain View, CA, and Cardiac Designs Inc. located in Austin, TX. Mr. Merselis has more than thirty-
seven years experience in healthcare, with the first twenty-two years at Boehringer Mannheim Diagnostics (now Roche Diagnostics). 
Mr. Merselis has led a number of healthcare diagnostic start-ups. From 2002 to 2007, he served as President and CEO of HemoSense, 
Inc., a point-of-care diagnostics company providing patients and physicians with rapid test results to help manage the risk of stroke 
with the use of Warfarin or Coumadin. During this time he successfully took the company public (NASDAQ:HEM) followed two 
years later by its acquisition by Alere (NYSE: ALR). His leadership at other start-ups has included: Nexus Dx (now Samsung), 
Alverix, Inc. (now Becton Dickenson), and Micronics, Inc. (now SONY).  

Kevin Tansley, Chief Financial Officer, joined Trinity Biotech in March 2003 and was appointed Chief Financial Officer and 
Secretary to the Board of Directors in November 2007. Mr. Tansley trained as a chartered accountant in the Corporate Financial 
Services practice of Arthur Andersen & Co. Prior to joining Trinity Biotech in 2003, Mr. Tansley held a number of financial positions 
in the Irish electricity utility ESB. Mr. Tansley holds a Masters of Accounting from University College Dublin and is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.  

37 

  
Compensation of Directors and Officers 

The basis for the executive directors’ remuneration and level of annual bonuses is determined by the Remuneration Committee of the 
board. In all cases, bonuses and the granting of share options are subject to stringent performance criteria. The Remuneration 
Committee consists of Dr Denis Burger (committee chairman and senior independent director), Mr Peter Coyne, Mr Clint Severson 
and Mr James Merselis. Directors’ remuneration shown below comprises salaries, pension contributions and other benefits and 
emoluments in respect of executive directors. Non-executive directors are remunerated by fees and the granting of share options. 
Non-executive directors who perform additional services on the Audit Committee or Remuneration Committee receive additional 
fees. The fees payable to non-executive directors are determined by the board. Each director is reimbursed for expenses incurred in 
attending meetings of the board of directors.  

Total directors and non-executive directors’ remuneration, excluding pension, for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to 
US$2,155,000. The pension charge for the year amounted to US$60,000. See Item 18, Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. 
The split of directors’ remuneration set out by director is detailed in the table below:  

Executive Director
Ronan O’Caoimh   
1
Rory Nealon 
Jim Walsh 

Non-executive director
Denis R. Burger 
Peter Coyne 
James Merselis 
Clint Severson 

Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary
Kevin Tansley 

Salary/
Benefits
US$’000     
684    
387    
320    
1,391    

Performance
related bonus
US$’000

193    
119    
136    
448    

Fees
US$’000

84    
84    
74    
74    
316    

Defined 
contribution 
pension 
US$’000     
—      
38    
22    
60    

Total 
2013 
US$’000     
877    
544    
478    
  1,899    

Total
2012 
US$’000  
816  
506  
460  
1,782  

Total 
2013 
US$’000     
84    
84    
74    
74    
316    

Total 
2012 
US$’000  
80  
80  
70  
70  
300  

Salary/
Benefits
US$’000     
353    

Performance
related bonus
US$’000

119    

Defined 
contribution 
pension 
US$’000     
35    

Total 
2013 

US$’000     
507    

Total
2012 
US$’000  
476  

As at December 31, 2013 there was no accrual by the Company to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for the directors 
(2012: NIL).  

The total share-based compensation expense recognised in the consolidated statement of operations in 2013 in respect of options 
granted to both executive and non-executive directors and the Company Secretary amounted to US$2,499,000. See Item 18, Note 5 to 
the consolidated financial statements.  

2,540,000 ‘A’ share options (equivalent to 635,000 ADS options) were granted to the directors and the Company Secretary during 
2013, the terms of which are set out below. 2,540,000 ‘A’ share options (equivalent to 635,000 ADS options) were granted to the 
directors and the Company Secretary during 2012.  

1

Includes payments made to Darnick Company 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Share Options Granted in 2013:  

Director/Executive Officer
Ronan O’Caoimh 

Rory Nealon 

Jim Walsh 

Kevin Tansley 

Denis Burger 

Peter Coyne 

Clint Severson 

James Merselis 

Number of Options
Granted
800,000 ‘A’ shares
(200,000 ADS)
500,000 ‘A’ shares
(125,000 ADS)
500,000 ‘A’ shares
(125,000 ADS)
500,000 ‘A’ shares
(125,000ADS)
60,000 ‘A’ shares
(15,000 ADS)
60,000 ‘A’ shares
(15,000 ADS)
60,000 ‘A’ shares
(15,000 ADS)
60,000 ‘A’ shares
(15,000 ADS)

Exercise Price of 
Options Granted
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 
US$4.21 per ‘A’ share 
(US$16.25 per ADS) 

Date of Option
Grant*
24 May 2013

24 May 2013

24 May 2013

24 May 2013

24 May 2013

24 May 2013

24 May 2013

24 May 2013

* All options issued are subject to a 7 year life from date of grant. 

In addition, see Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions for further information on the compensation of Directors 
and Officers.  

Directors’ Service Contracts  

The Company has entered into service contracts with its Executive Directors and Officers. These contracts contain certain termination 
provisions which are summarised below.  

On March 30, 2011, the service agreement with Ronan O’Caoimh as Chief Executive Officer was terminated and replaced by an 
agreement with Darnick Company, a company wholly-owned by members of Mr. O’Caoimh’s immediate family. Pursuant to the 
agreement, Darnick Company will provide the Company with the services of Mr O’Caoimh as Chief Executive Officer. The 
agreement contains certain non-competition and confidentiality provisions. The term of the agreement will continue until such time as 
it is terminated by either party, subject to the Company providing one year’s notice. Where termination occurs within 12 months of a 
change of control of the Company, two year’s notice will apply. Darnick Company may terminate the agreement on six month’s 
notice. Mr. O’Caoimh remains as Chairman of the Board of Directors.  

Under the terms of his service contract, Rory Nealon, Chief Operations Officer, is entitled to 12 months salary and benefits in the 
event of termination by the Company. Where termination arises within 12 months of a change in control of the Company, Mr. Nealon 
is entitled to 18 months salary and benefits.  

Under the terms of his service contract, Kevin Tansley, Chief Financial Officer, is entitled to 12 months salary and benefits in the 
event of termination by the Company. Where termination arises within 12 months of a change in control of the Company, 
Mr. Tansley is entitled to 18 months salary and benefits.  

Under the terms of his service contract, Jim Walsh, Chief Scientific Officer, is entitled to 12 months salary and benefits in the event 
of termination by the Company. Where termination arises within 12 months of a change in control of the Company, Dr. Walsh is 
entitled to 18 months salary and benefits.  

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Board Practices 

The Articles of Association of Trinity Biotech provide that one third of the directors in office (other than the Managing Director or a 
director holding an executive office with Trinity Biotech) or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number 
nearest to but not exceeding one third, shall retire from office at every annual general meeting. If at any annual general meeting the 
number of directors who are subject to retirement by rotation is two, one of such directors shall retire and if the number of such 
directors is one that director shall retire. Retiring directors may offer themselves for re-election. The directors to retire at each annual 
general meeting shall be the directors who have been longest in office since their last appointment. As between directors of equal 
seniority the directors to retire shall, in the absence of agreement, be selected from among them by lot.  

The board has established Audit, Remuneration and Compensation Committees. The functions and membership of the Remuneration 
Committee are described above. The Audit Committee reviews the Group’s annual and interim financial statements and reviews 
reports on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls. It also appoints the external auditors, reviews the scope and results of the 
external audit and monitors the relationship with the auditors. The Audit Committee comprises two of the four independent non-
executive directors of the Group, Mr Peter Coyne (Committee Chairman) and Mr James Merselis. The Compensation Committee 
currently comprises Mr Ronan O’Caoimh (Committee Chairman) and Mr Rory Nealon. The Compensation Committee administers 
the Employee Share Option Plan. The Committee determines the exercise price and the term of the options. Options granted to the 
members of the Committee are approved by the Remuneration Committee and individual option grants in excess of 30,000 shares are 
approved by the full board of directors. Share options granted to non-executive directors are decided by the other members of the 
board.  

Because Trinity Biotech is a foreign private issuer, it is not required to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements set 
forth in NASDAQ Rule 5600 as they apply to U.S. domestic companies. The Group’s corporate governance measures differ in the 
following significant ways: (a) the Group has not appointed an independent nominations committee or adopted a board resolution 
addressing the nominations process and (b) the Audit Committee of the Group currently consists of two members (both of whom are 
independent non-executive directors) – while U.S. domestic companies listed on NASDAQ are required to have three members on 
their audit committee and be comprised only of independent directors.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2013, Trinity Biotech had 571 employees (2012: 394) consisting of 113 research scientists and technicians, 313 
manufacturing and quality assurance employees, and 145 finance, administration, sales and marketing staff (2012: 61 research 
scientists and technicians, 220 manufacturing and quality assurance employees, and 113 finance, administration, sales and marketing 
staff). Trinity Biotech’s future hiring levels will depend on the growth of revenues.  

The geographic spread of the Group’s employees is as follows: 354 in our US operations, 130 in Bray, Ireland, 31 in Uppsala, 
Sweden, 51 in the UK and 5 in Sao Paulo, Brazil.  

Stock Option Plans  

The Board of Directors have adopted the Employee Share Option Plans (the “Plans”); with the most recently adopted Share Option 
Plan being the 2013 Plan. The purpose of these Plans is to provide Trinity Biotech’s employees, consultants, officers and directors 
with additional incentives to improve Trinity Biotech’s ability to attract, retain and motivate individuals upon whom Trinity Biotech’s 
sustained growth and financial success depends. These Plans are administered by a Compensation Committee designated by the board 
of directors. Options under the Plans may be awarded only to employees, officers, directors and consultants of Trinity Biotech.  

The exercise price of options is determined by the Compensation Committee. The term of an option will be determined by the 
Compensation Committee, provided that the term may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. All options will terminate 90 days 
after termination of the option holder’s employment, service or consultancy with Trinity Biotech (or one year after such termination 
because of death or disability) except where a longer period is approved by the board of directors. Under certain circumstances 
involving a change in control of Trinity Biotech, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability and termination of options.  

40 

  
As of February 28, 2014, 7,188,752 (1,797,188 ADS equivalent) of the options outstanding were held by the directors and Company 
Secretary of Trinity Biotech as follows:  

Director/Company 
Secretary
Ronan O’Caoimh 

Rory Nealon 

Denis Burger 

Jim Walsh 

Peter Coyne 

Clint Severson 

James Merselis 

Kevin Tansley 

Number of
Options ‘A’
Shares
43,752
600,000
800,000
800,000
500,000
500,000
500,000
15,000
60,000
60,000
15,000
100,000
500,000
500,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
15,000
40,000
60,000
15,000
40,000
60,000
75,000
150,000
500,000
500,000
500,000

Number of
Options
ADS 
Equivalent    
10,938
150,000
200,000
200,000
125,000
125,000
125,000
3,750
15,000
15,000
3,750
25,000
125,000
125,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
3,750
10,000
15,000
3,750
10,000
15,000
18,750
37,500
125,000
125,000
125,000

Exercise
Price (Per
‘A’ Share)     
1.07
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
1.52
US$
1.57
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
0.66
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$
2.24
US$
1.07
US$
1.52
US$
2.52
US$
4.21
US$

Exercise Price
(Per ADS)
US$  4.28
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  6.07
US$  6.26
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  2.63
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85
US$  8.96
US$  4.28
US$  6.07
US$10.09
US$16.85

Expiration Date of
Options
18 March 2015
21 May 2017 
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
21 May 2017
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
21 May 2017
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
21 May 2017
4 October 2017
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
8 May 2016
21 May 2017 
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
21 May 2017
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
21 May 2017
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020
07 March 2014
18 March 2015
21 May 2017 
7 March 2019 
24 May 2020

As of February 28, 2014 the following options were outstanding:  

Total options outstanding 

Number of ‘A’
Ordinary Shares
Subject to Option    
9,449,533    

Range of 
Exercise Price 
per Ordinary Share
US$0.66-US$4.79    

Range of Exercise Price 
per ADS
US$2.63-US$19.15  

As of February 28, 2014 there were no warrants to purchase ‘A’ Ordinary Shares in the Company outstanding.  

41 

  
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
    
 
  
 
Item 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

As of February 28, 2014 Trinity Biotech has outstanding 92,428,378 ‘A’ Ordinary shares. Such totals exclude 9,449,533 shares 
issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants.  

The following table sets forth, as of February 28, 2014, the Trinity Biotech ‘A’ Ordinary Shares beneficially held by (i) each person 
believed by Trinity Biotech to beneficially hold 5% or more of such shares, (ii) each director and the Company Secretary of Trinity 
Biotech, and (iii) all directors and the Company Secretary as a group.  

Except as otherwise noted, all of the persons and groups shown below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the 
shares indicated. The Group is not controlled by another corporation or government.  

Fidelity Mgt. & Research Co.
Ronan O’Caoimh 
Rory Nealon 
Jim Walsh 
Denis Burger 
Peter Coyne 
Clint Severson 
James Merselis 
Kevin Tansley 
Directors & Co. Secretary as a group 

(8 persons) 

Number of ‘A’
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially 
Owned
    10,590,028  
    6,081,252(1) 
    1,700,000(2) 
    2,508,612(3) 
207,000(4) 
245,600(5) 
348,000(6) 
303,600(7) 
    1,725,000(8) 

Number of
ADSs 
Beneficially
Owned
  2,647,507    
  1,520,313    
  425,000    
  627,153    
51,750    
61,400    
87,000    
75,900    
  431,250    

Percentage 
‘A’ Ordinary
Shares (9)   

Percentage
Total 
Voting 
Power   

10.4%   
6.0%   
1.7%   
2.5%   
0.2%   
0.2%   
0.3%   
0.3%   
1.7%   

10.4% 
6.0% 
1.7% 
2.5% 
0.2% 
0.2% 
0.3% 
0.3% 
1.7% 

   13,119,064 (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)   3,279,766    

12.9%   

12.9% 

(1)
(2)
(3)

Includes 2,243,752 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Includes 1,500,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Includes 1,115,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Note that 1,200,000 ‘A’ shares (300,000 ADS’s) of Dr Walsh’s shares are held in trust for the benefit of Dr Walsh’s immediate 
family.  
Includes 135,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Includes 240,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Includes 115,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Includes 115,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 
Includes 1,725,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. 

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9) Percentage ‘A’ Ordinary shares is based upon total outstanding ‘A’ Ordinary shares and total number of shares issuable upon 

exercise of options. 

42 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
Related Party Transactions 

The Group has entered into various arrangements with JRJ Investments (“JRJ”), a partnership owned by Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh, 
directors of Trinity Biotech, and directly with Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh, to provide for current and potential future needs to extend 
its premises at IDA Business Park, Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland.  

In November 2002, the Group entered into an agreement for a 25 year lease with JRJ for offices that have been constructed adjacent 
to its premises at IDA Business Park, Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland. The annual rent of €381,000 (US$506,000) is payable from 
January 1, 2004. There was a rent review performed on this premises in 2009 and further to this review, there was no change to the 
annual rental charge.  

In December 2007, the Group entered into an agreement with Mr. O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh pursuant to which the Group took a lease 
on an additional 43,860 square foot manufacturing facility in Bray, Ireland at a total annual rent of €787,000 (US$1,044,000).  

Independent valuers have advised the Group that the rent in respect of each of the leases represents a fair market rent.  

Trinity Biotech and its directors (excepting Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh who express no opinion on this point) believe at the time that 
the arrangements entered into represent a fair and reasonable basis on which the Group can meet its ongoing requirements for 
premises.  

Darnick Company is wholly-owned by members of Mr. O’Caoimh’s immediate family. On March 30, 2011, the service agreement 
with Ronan O’Caoimh as Chief Executive Officer was terminated and replaced by an agreement with Darnick Company. Pursuant to 
the agreement, Darnick Company will provide Trinity Biotech with the services of Mr O’Caoimh as Chief Executive Officer. In 2013, 
the Group paid US$877,000 to Darnick Company in respect of Director’s compensation. There is no balance payable to or receivable 
from Darnick Company as at December 31, 2013.  

Rayville Limited, an Irish registered company, which is wholly owned by the three executive directors and certain other executives of 
the Group, owns all of the ‘B’ non-voting Ordinary Shares in Trinity Research Limited, one of the Group’s subsidiaries. The ‘B’ 
shares do not entitle the holders thereof to receive any assets of the company on a winding up. All of the ‘A’ voting ordinary shares in 
Trinity Research Limited are held by the Group. Trinity Research Limited may, from time to time, declare dividends to Rayville 
Limited and Rayville Limited may declare dividends to its shareholders out of those amounts. Any such dividends paid by Trinity 
Research Limited are ordinarily treated as a compensation expense by the Group in the consolidated financial statements prepared in 
accordance with IFRS, notwithstanding their legal form of dividends to minority interests, as this best represents the substance of the 
transactions.  

There were no director loans advanced during 2013 and there were no loan balances payable to or receivable from directors at 
January 1, 2013 and at December 31, 2013.  

In June 2009, the Board approved the payment of a dividend of US$2,830,000 by Trinity Research Limited to Rayville Limited on the 
‘B’ shares held by it. This amount was then lent back by Rayville to Trinity Research Limited. As the dividend is matched by a loan 
from Rayville Limited to Trinity Research Limited which is repayable solely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee of the 
Board and is unsecured and interest free, the Group netted the dividend paid to Rayville Limited against the corresponding loan from 
Rayville Limited in the 2012 & 2013 consolidated financial statements.  

The amount of payments to Rayville included in compensation expense was US$Nil, US$231,000 and US$1,422,000 for 2013, 2012 
and 2011 respectively, of which US$Nil, US$206,000 and US$1,395,000 respectively related to the key management personnel of the 
Group. There were no dividends payable to Rayville Limited as at December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.  

43 

  
Item 8

Financial Information 

Legal Proceedings  

In 2008 Trinity Biotech filed a civil suit with a New York court against the former shareholders of Primus Corporation. Trinity 
Biotech claimed that the defendants unjustly received an overpayment of US$512,000 based on the fraudulent and wrongful 
calculation of the earnout payable to the shareholders of Primus Corporation. Trinity Biotech also alleged that one of the former 
shareholders, Mr Thomas Reidy, failed to return stock certificates and collateral pledged by Trinity Biotech as security for the 
payment of a US$3 million promissory note given to the defendants by Trinity Biotech as part of compensation under the share 
purchase agreement for acquiring Primus. During 2009, all of the defendants with the exception of Mr. Reidy settled the legal 
action. The US District Court, Southern District of New York granted a judgment against Mr. Reidy ordering him to pay Trinity 
damages of US$200,000 plus interest and to return stock certificates and collateral pledged by Trinity Biotech as security for the 
payment of the US$3 million promissory note. Mr Reidy has not yet paid any damages or interest due to Trinity Biotech.  

In 2010, Laboratoires Nephrotek, formerly a distributor for Trinity Biotech, took a legal action in France against the Group, claiming 
damages of US$0.8 million. They claimed that certain instruments supplied by Trinity Biotech did not operate properly in the field. In 
2013, Trinity Biotech successfully defended this claim in the French courts. Nephrotek are in the process of appealing this decision.  

There are also a small number of legal cases being brought against the Group by certain of its former employees in the previously 
owned French subsidiary, Trinity Biotech France S.à r.l.  

The ultimate resolution of the aforementioned proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, 
results of operations or cash flows.  

Item 9

The Offer and Listing 

Trinity Biotech’s American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “TRIB”. In 
2005, Trinity Biotech adjusted the ratio of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) to Ordinary Shares and changed its NASDAQ 
Listing from the NASDAQ Small Capital listing to a NASDAQ National Market Listing. The ratio of ADSs to underlying Ordinary 
Shares has changed from 1 ADS : 1 Ordinary Share to 1 ADS : 4 Ordinary Shares and all historical data has been restated as a result.  

The Group’s ‘A’ Ordinary Shares were also listed and traded on the Irish Stock Exchange until November 2007, whereby the 
Company de-listed from the Irish Stock Exchange. The Group’s depository bank for ADSs is The Bank of New York Mellon. On 
February 28, 2014, the reported closing sale price of the ADSs was US$26.49 per ADS. The following tables set forth the range of 
quoted high and low sale prices of Trinity Biotech’s ADSs for (a) the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013; 
(b) the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2012; March 31, June 30, September 30 and 
December 31, 2013; and (c) the months of March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November and December 
2013 and January and February 2014 as reported on NASDAQ. These quotes reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-up, mark-
down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.  

ADSs  

Year Ended December 31
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 

High
US$ 5.70    
US$ 8.93    
US$11.00    
US$15.75    
US$25.63    

Low
US$ 1.05  
US$ 3.76  
US$ 8.00  
US$ 8.81  
US$14.30  

44 

  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
ADSs  

ADSs  

ADSs  

2012
Quarter ended March 31
Quarter ended June 30
Quarter ended September 30
Quarter ended December 31

2013
Quarter ended March 31
Quarter ended June 30
Quarter ended September 30
Quarter ended December 31

Month Ended
March 31, 2013 
April 30, 2013 
May 31, 2013 
June 30, 2013 
July 31, 2013 
August 31, 2013 
September 30, 2013 
October 31, 2013 
November 30, 2013 
December 31, 2013 
January 31, 2014 
February 28, 2014 

High
US$10.80    
US$12.03    
US$12.87    
US$15.75    

Low
US$ 8.81  
US$10.50  
US$11.58  
US$13.01  

High
US$19.00    
US$17.92    
US$22.00    
US$25.63    

Low
US$14.30  
US$15.12  
US$16.40  
US$21.28  

High
US$19.00    
US$16.77    
US$17.92    
US$17.75    
US$20.20    
US$21.21    
US$22.00    
US$25.20    
US$25.63    
US$25.57    
US$28.00    
US$27.38    

Low
US$16.15  
US$15.12  
US$15.76  
US$16.60  
US$16.40  
US$18.77  
US$18.80  
US$21.28  
US$24.34  
US$22.01  
US$23.40  
US$24.00  

The number of record holders of Trinity Biotech’s ADSs as at February 28, 2014 amounts to 527, inclusive of those brokerage firms 
and/or clearing houses holding Trinity Biotech’s securities for their clients (with each such brokerage house and/or clearing house 
being considered as one holder).  

45 

  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
Item 10 Memorandum and Articles of Association 
Objects  
The Company’s objects, detailed in Clause 3 of its Memorandum of Association, are varied and wide ranging and include principally 
researching, manufacturing, buying, selling and distributing all kinds of patents, pharmaceutical, medicinal and diagnostic 
preparations, equipment, drugs and accessories. They also include the power to acquire shares or other interests or securities in other 
companies or businesses and to exercise all rights in relation thereto. The Company’s registered number in Ireland is 183476.  

Powers and Duties of Directors  
A director may enter into a contract and be interested in any contract or proposed contract with the Company either as vendor, 
purchaser or otherwise and shall not be liable to account for any profit made by him resulting therefrom provided that he has first 
disclosed the nature of his interest in such a contract at a meeting of the board as required by Section 194 of the Irish Companies Act 
1963. Generally, a director must not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any proposal in which he has a material interest 
(otherwise than by virtue of his holding of shares or debentures or other securities in or through the Group). In addition, a director 
shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution from which he is barred from voting.  

A director is entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of certain arrangements in which he is interested (in the absence 
of some other material interest). These include the giving of a security or indemnity to him in respect of money lent or obligations 
incurred by him for the Group, the giving of any security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Group 
for which he has assumed responsibility, any proposal concerning an offer of shares or other securities in which he may be interested 
as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting and any proposal concerning any other company in which he is interested 
provided he is not the holder of or beneficially interested in 1% or more of the issued shares of any class of share capital of such 
company or of voting rights.  

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Group to borrow money but it is obliged to restrict these borrowings to ensure that the 
aggregate amount outstanding of all monies borrowed by the Group does not, without the previous sanction of an ordinary resolution 
of the Company, exceed an amount equal to twice the adjusted capital and reserves (both terms as defined in the Articles of 
Association). However, no lender or other person dealing with the Group shall be obliged to see or to inquire whether the limit 
imposed is observed and no debt incurred in excess of such limit will be invalid or ineffectual unless the lender has express notice at 
the time when the debt is incurred that the limit was or was to be exceeded.  

Directors are not required to retire upon reaching any specific age and are not required to hold any shares in the capital of the Group. 
The Articles provide for retirement of the directors by rotation.  

All of the above mentioned powers of directors may be varied by way of a special resolution of the shareholders.  

Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to Shares  
Where a shareholder or person who appears to be interested in shares fails to comply with a request for information from the 
Company in relation to the capacity in which such shares or interest are held, who is interested in them or whether there are any 
voting arrangements, that shareholder or person may be disenfranchised and thereby restricted from transferring the shares and voting 
rights or receiving any sums in respect thereof (except in the case of a liquidation). In addition, if cheques in respect of the last three 
dividends paid to a shareholder remain uncashed, the Company is, subject to compliance with the procedure set out in the Articles of 
Association, entitled to sell the shares of that shareholder.  

At a general meeting, on a show of hands, every member who is present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote 
(so, however, that no individual shall have more than one vote) and upon a poll, every member present in person or by proxy shall 
have one vote for every share carrying voting rights of which he is the holder. In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior (being 
the first person named in the register of members in respect of the joint holding) who tendered a vote, whether in person or by proxy, 
shall be accepted to the exclusion of votes of the other joint holders.  

46 

  
One third of the directors other than an executive director or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, then the number 
nearest to but not exceeding one third, shall retire from office at each annual general meeting. If, however, the number of directors 
subject to retirement by rotation is two, one of such directors shall retire. If the number is one, that director shall retire. The directors 
to retire at each annual general meeting shall be the ones who have been longest in office since their last appointment. Where 
directors are of equal seniority, the directors to retire shall, in the absence of agreement, be selected by lot. A retiring director shall be 
eligible for re-appointment and shall act as director throughout the meeting at which he retires. A separate motion must be put to a 
meeting in respect of each director to be appointed unless the meeting itself has first agreed that a single resolution is acceptable 
without any vote being given against it.  

The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2013 of Ireland, issue any share on the terms that it is, 
or at the option of the Company is to be liable, to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company may determine by 
special resolution. Before recommending a dividend, the directors may reserve out of the profits of the Company such sums as they 
think proper which shall be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may properly be applied and, pending 
such application, may be either employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the 
Company or of its holding company (if any)) as the directors may from time to time think fit.  

Subject to any conditions of allotment, the directors may from time to time make calls on members in respect of monies unpaid on 
their shares. At least 14 days notice must be given of each call. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the 
directors resolve to authorise such call.  

The Articles do not contain any provisions discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of securities as a result of such 
shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.  

Action Necessary to Change the Rights of Shareholders  
In order to change the rights attaching to any class of shares, a special resolution passed at a class meeting of the holders of such 
shares is required. The provisions in relation to general meetings apply to such class meetings except the quorum shall be two persons 
holding or representing by proxy at least one third in nominal amount of the issued shares of that class. In addition, in order to amend 
any provisions of the Articles of Association in relation to rights attaching to shares, a special resolution of the shareholders as a 
whole is required.  

Calling of AGM’s and EGM’s of Shareholders  
The Company must hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting each year. Not more than 15 months can elapse between 
annual general meetings. The annual general meetings are held at such time and place as the directors determine and all other general 
meetings are called extraordinary general meetings. Every general meeting shall be held in Ireland unless all of the members entitled 
to attend and vote at it consent in writing to it being held elsewhere or a resolution providing that it be held elsewhere was passed at 
the preceding annual general meeting. The directors may at any time call an extraordinary general meeting and such meetings may 
also be convened on such requisition, or in default may be convened by such requisitions, as is provided by the Companies Acts, 1963 
to 2013 of Ireland.  

In the case of an annual general meeting or a meeting at which a special resolution is proposed, 21 clear days notice of the meeting is 
required and in any other case it is seven clear days notice. Notice must be given in writing to all members and to the auditors and 
must state the details specified in the Articles of Association. A general meeting (other than one at which a special resolution is to be 
proposed) may be called on shorter notice subject to the agreement of the auditors and all members entitled to attend and vote at it. In 
certain circumstances provided in the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2013 of Ireland, extended notice is required. These include removal of 
a director. No business may be transacted at a general meeting unless a quorum is present. Five members present in person or by 
proxy (not being less than five individuals) representing not less than 40% of the ordinary shares shall be a quorum. The Company is 
not obliged to serve notices upon members who have addresses outside Ireland and the US but otherwise there are no limitations in 
the Articles of Association or under Irish law restricting the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting 
rights on the shares in the Company.  

However, the Financial Transfers Act, 1992 and regulations made thereunder prevent transfers of capital or payments between Ireland 
and certain countries. These restrictions on financial transfers are more comprehensively described in “Exchange Controls” below. In 
addition, Irish competition law may restrict the acquisition by a party of shares in the Company but this does not apply on the basis of 
nationality or residence.  

47 

  
Other Provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association 
The Memorandum and Articles of Association do not contain any provisions:  

•

  which would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company and which would 

operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving the Company (or any of its 
subsidiaries); or  
  governing the ownership threshold above which a shareholder ownership must be disclosed; or  
  imposing conditions governing changes in the capital which are more stringent than is required by Irish law.  

•

•

The Company incorporates by reference all other information concerning its Memorandum and Articles of Association from the 
Registration Statement on Form F-1 on June 12, 1992.  

Irish Law  

Pursuant to Irish law, Trinity Biotech must maintain a register of its shareholders. This register is open to inspection by shareholders 
free of charge and to any member of the public on payment of a small fee. The books containing the minutes of proceedings of any 
general meeting of Trinity Biotech are required to be kept at the registered office of the Company and are open to the inspection of 
any member without charge. Minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors are not open to scrutiny by shareholders. Trinity Biotech 
is obliged to keep proper books of account. The shareholders have no statutory right to inspect the books of account. The only 
financial records, which are open to the shareholders, are the financial statements, which are sent to shareholders with the annual 
report. Irish law also obliges Trinity Biotech to file information relating to certain events within the Company (changes to share 
rights, changes to the Board of Directors). This information is filed with the Companies Registration Office (the “CRO”) in Dublin 
and is open to public inspection. The Articles of Association of Trinity Biotech permit ordinary shareholders to approve corporate 
matters in writing provided that it is signed by all the members for the time being entitled to vote and attend at general meeting. 
Ordinary shareholders are entitled to call a meeting by way of a requisition. The requisition must be signed by ordinary shareholders 
holding not less than one-tenth of the paid up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company. 
Trinity Biotech is generally permitted, subject to company law, to issue shares with preferential rights, including preferential rights as 
to voting, dividends or rights to a return of capital on a winding up of the Company. Any shareholder who complains that the affairs 
of the Company are being conducted or that the powers of the directors of the Company are being exercised in a manner oppressive to 
him or any of the shareholders (including himself), or in disregard of his or their interests as shareholders, may apply to the Irish 
courts for relief. Shareholders have no right to maintain proceedings in respect of wrongs done to the Company.  

Ordinarily, our directors owe their duties only to Trinity Biotech and not its shareholders. The duties of directors are twofold, 
fiduciary duties and duties of care and skill. Fiduciary duties are owed by the directors individually and owed to Trinity Biotech. 
Those duties include duties to act in good faith towards Trinity Biotech in any transaction, not to make use of any money or other 
property of Trinity Biotech, not to gain directly or indirectly any improper advantage for himself at the expense of Trinity Biotech, to 
act bona fide in the interests of Trinity Biotech and exercise powers for the proper purpose. A director need not exhibit in the 
performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. 
When directors, as agents in transactions, make contracts on behalf of the Company, they generally incur no personal liability under 
these contracts.  

It is Trinity Biotech, as principal, which will be liable under them, as long as the directors have acted within Trinity Biotech’s objects 
and within their own authority. A director who commits a breach of his fiduciary duties shall be liable to Trinity Biotech for any 
profit made by him or for any damage suffered by Trinity Biotech as a result of the breach. In addition to the above, a breach by a 
director of his duties may lead to a sanction from a Court including damages of compensation, summary dismissal of the director, a 
requirement to account to Trinity Biotech for profit made and restriction of the director from acting as a director in the future.  

48 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Material Contracts 

Other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, the following represents the material contracts entered into by the 
Group:  

Acquisition of Immco Diagnostics Inc  
In 2013, the Group purchased 100% of the common stock of Immco Diagnostics Inc for a total consideration of $32.88m. Immco, 
which is headquartered in Buffalo, New York, is a diagnostic company specialising in the development, manufacture and sale of 
autoimmune test kits on a worldwide basis.  

The key terms of the acquisition are as follows:  

•

•

•

  Cash consideration of US$31,652,000;  
  Issuance of share option as at the acquisition date with a fair value of US$1,121,000; and  
  The transfer of 5,566 Trinity Biotech ADS’s as at the acquisition date (fair value of US$110,000).  

Please refer to Item 18, Note 22 for further information.  

Acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB  
In 2012, the Group purchased 100% of the common stock of Fiomi Diagnostics AB for a total consideration of US$12.9 million 
(including US$3.2m of contingent payments – net of interest of US$0.2m). Fiomi, which is based in Uppsala, Sweden, is at an 
advanced stage in developing a range of Point-of-Care cardiac assays.  

The key terms of the acquisition are as follows:  

•

•

•

  An up-front cash payment of US$5.6m;  
  The transfer of 408,000 Trinity Biotech ADS’s as at the acquisition date (fair value of US$4.1m); and  
  Contingent cash consideration (net present value) of US$3.2m. 

Please refer to Item 18, Note 22 for further information.  

Divestiture of Coagulation product line to Diagnostica Stago SAS  
In April 2010, the Group sold its worldwide Coagulation product line to Diagnostica Stago for US$89.9 million. The gain on the 
divestiture was US$46.8m. Diagnostica Stago purchased the share capital of Trinity Biotech (UK Sales) Limited, Trinity Biotech 
GmbH and Trinity Biotech S.à r.l., along with Coagulation assets of Biopool US Inc. and Trinity Biotech Manufacturing Limited. As 
part of the sale, the Group also assigned leasing arrangements on a facility in Bray, Ireland to Diagnostica Stago. Included in the sale 
are Trinity’s lists of Coagulation customers and suppliers, all Coagulation inventory, intellectual property and developed technology. 
In total, 321 Trinity employees transferred their employment to Diagnostica Stago as part of the divestiture of the Coagulation 
product line.  

The Group received consideration of US$68.4 in 2010. A further US$11.25 million was received from Diagnostica Stago in April 
2011 and the remaining US$11.25 million was received in April 2012. No conditions or earnout provisions were applied to this 
deferred element of the consideration, which has now been fully received.  

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange Controls and Other Limitations 
Affecting Security Holders  

Irish exchange control regulations ceased to apply from and after December 31, 1992. Except as indicated below, there are no 
restrictions on non-residents of Ireland dealing in domestic securities, which includes shares or depositary receipts of Irish companies 
such as Trinity Biotech. Except as indicated below, dividends and redemption proceeds also continue to be freely transferable to non-
resident holders of such securities. The Financial Transfers Act, 1992 gives power to the Minister for Finance of Ireland to make 
provision for the restriction of financial transfers between Ireland and other countries and persons. Financial transfers are broadly 
defined and include all transfers that would be movements of capital or payments within the meaning of the treaties governing the 
member states of the European Union. The acquisition or disposal of ADSs or ADRs representing shares issued by an Irish 
incorporated company and associated payments falls within this definition. In addition, dividends or payments on redemption or 
purchase of shares and payments on a liquidation of an Irish incorporated company would fall within this definition.  

At present the Financial Transfers Act, 1992 prohibits financial transfers involving the late Slobodan Milosevic and associated 
persons, Burma (Myanmar), Belarus, certain persons indicted by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia, the 
late Osama bin Laden, Al-Qaida, the Taliban of Afghanistan, Democratic Republic of Congo, Democratic People’s Republic of Korea 
(North Korea), Iran, Iraq, Côte d’Ivoire, Lebanon, Liberia, Zimbabwe, Sudan, Somalia, Republic of Guinea, Afghanistan, Egypt, 
Eritrea, Libya, Syria, Tunisia, certain known terrorists and terrorist groups, and countries that harbour certain terrorist groups, without 
the prior permission of the Central Bank of Ireland.  

Any transfer of, or payment in respect of, an ADS involving the government of any country that is currently the subject of United 
Nations sanctions, any person or body controlled by any of the foregoing, or by any person acting on behalf of the foregoing, may be 
subject to restrictions pursuant to such sanctions as implemented into Irish law. We do not anticipate that orders under the Financial 
Transfers Act, 1992 or United Nations sanctions implemented into Irish law will have a material effect on our business.  

Taxation  

The following discussion is based on US and Republic of Ireland tax law, statutes, treaties, regulations, rulings and decisions all as of 
the date of this annual report. Taxation laws are subject to change, from time to time, and no representation is or can be made as to 
whether such laws will change, or what impact, if any, such changes will have on the statements contained in this summary. No 
assurance can be given that proposed amendments will be enacted as proposed, or that legislative or judicial changes, or changes in 
administrative practice, will not modify or change the statements expressed herein.  

This summary is of a general nature only. It does not constitute legal or tax advice nor does it discuss all aspects of Irish taxation that 
may be relevant to any particular Irish Holder or US Holder of ordinary shares or ADSs.  

This summary does not discuss all aspects of Irish and US federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of 
Trinity Biotech ADSs in light of the holder’s own circumstances or to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under 
applicable tax laws (for example, financial institutions, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organisations, and non-US taxpayers) 
and it does not discuss any tax consequences arising under the laws of taxing jurisdictions other than the Republic of Ireland and the 
US federal government. The tax treatment of holders of Trinity Biotech ADSs may vary depending upon each holder’s own particular 
situation.  

Prospective purchasers of Trinity Biotech ADSs are advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the US, Irish or other tax 
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of such ADSs.  

50 

  
US Federal Income Tax Consequences to US Holders  
The following is a summary of certain material US federal income tax consequences that generally would apply with respect to the 
ownership and disposition of Trinity Biotech ADSs, in the case of a purchaser of such ADSs who is a US Holder (as defined below) 
and who holds the ADSs as capital assets. This summary is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 
“Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the 
date hereof and all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. For the purposes of this summary, a US 
Holder is: an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States; a corporation created or organised in or under the laws of 
the United States or any political subdivision thereof; an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its 
source; or a trust that (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more US 
persons or (b) has a valid election in effect under applicable US Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.  

This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant with respect to an investment in ADSs. This summary does 
not discuss all the tax consequences that may be relevant to a US holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to US 
holders subject to special rules, including persons that are non-US holders, broker dealers, financial institutions, certain insurance 
companies, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, tax exempt organisations, regulated investment companies, non-resident 
aliens of the US or taxpayers whose functional currency is not the Dollar, persons who hold ADSs through partnerships or other pass-
through entities, persons who acquired their ADSs through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as 
compensation for services, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of Trinity Biotech’s voting shares, and investors 
holding ADSs as part of a straddle or appreciated financial position or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction.  

If a partnership or an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes owns ADSs, the US federal income tax 
treatment of a partner in such a partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. 
The partners in a partnership which owns ADSs should consult their tax advisors about the US federal income tax consequences of 
holding and disposing of ADSs.  

This summary does not address the effect of any US federal taxation other than US federal income taxation. In addition, this summary 
does not include any discussion of state, local or foreign taxation. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the foreign 
and US federal, state and local tax considerations of an investment in ADSs.  

For US federal income tax purposes, US Holders of Trinity Biotech ADSs will be treated as owning the underlying Class ‘A’ 
Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs held by them. The gross amount of any distribution made by Trinity Biotech to US Holders 
with respect to the underlying shares represented by the ADSs held by them, including the amount of any Irish taxes withheld from 
such distribution, will be treated for US federal income tax purposes as a dividend to the extent of Trinity Biotech’s current and 
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes. The amount of any such distribution that 
exceeds Trinity Biotech’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be applied against and reduce a US Holder’s tax basis in 
the holder’s ADSs, and any amount of the distribution remaining after the holder’s tax basis has been reduced to zero will constitute 
capital gain. The capital gain will be treated as a long-term or short-term capital gain depending on whether or not the holder’s ADSs 
have been held for more than one year as of the date of the distribution.  

Dividends paid by Trinity Biotech generally will not qualify for the dividends received deduction otherwise available to US corporate 
shareholders.  

Subject to complex limitations, any Irish withholding tax imposed on such dividends will be a foreign income tax eligible for credit 
against a US Holder’s US federal income tax liability (or, alternatively, for deduction against income in determining such tax 
liability) where certain conditions are satisfied. The limitations set out in the Internal Revenue Code include computational rules 
under which foreign tax credits allowable with respect to specific classes of income, commonly referred to as “baskets,” cannot 
exceed the US federal income taxes otherwise payable with respect to each such class of income. Dividends generally will be treated 
as foreign-source passive category income or, in the case of certain US Holders, general category income for US foreign tax credit 
purposes under certain “look through” rules. Further, there are special rules for computing the foreign tax credit limitation of a 
taxpayer who receives dividends subject to a reduced tax, see discussion below.  

51 

  
A US Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Irish income tax withheld from dividends received on the ordinary 
shares to the extent such US Holder has not held the ordinary shares for at least 16 days of the 31-day period beginning on the date 
which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date, or to the extent such US Holder is under an obligation to make related payments with 
respect to substantially similar or related property. Any days during which a US Holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on 
the ordinary shares are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the Internal Revenue Code. The rules 
relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult with your personal tax advisors to 
determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit against your US federal income tax liability.  

Subject to certain limitations, “qualified dividend income” received by a noncorporate US Holder in tax years beginning on or after 
January 1, 2013 will be subject to tax at a reduced maximum tax rate of 15%, with a 20% rate applying only to income which would 
fall into the highest 39.6% tax bracket. Distributions taxable as dividends paid on the ordinary shares should qualify for the 15% rate 
provided that either: (i) we are entitled to benefits under the income tax treaty between the United States and Ireland (the “Treaty”) or 
(ii) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the US and certain other requirements are met. We believe 
that we are entitled to benefits under the Treaty and that the ADSs currently are readily tradable on an established securities market in 
the US. However, no assurance can be given that the ordinary shares will remain readily tradable. The rate reduction does not apply 
unless certain holding period requirements are satisfied. With respect to the ADSs, the US Holder must have held such ADSs for at 
least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date. The rate reduction also does not apply to 
dividends received from passive foreign investment companies, see discussion below, or in respect of certain hedged positions or in 
certain other situations. The legislation enacting the reduced tax rate contains special rules for computing the foreign tax credit 
limitation of a taxpayer who receives dividends subject to the reduced tax rate. US Holders of Trinity Biotech ADSs should consult 
their own tax advisors regarding the effect of these rules in their particular circumstances.  

Upon a sale or exchange of ADSs, a US Holder will recognise a gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in an amount equal 
to the difference between the amount realised on the sale or exchange and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs sold or 
exchanged. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss depending 
on whether the US Holder has held the ADSs sold or exchanged for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange.  

For US federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation is treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (or PFIC) in any 
taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain of its subsidiaries pursuant to the 
applicable “look through” rules, either (1) at least 75% of the corporation’s gross income is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the 
average value of the corporation’s assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive 
income. Based on the nature of its present business operations, assets and income, Trinity Biotech believes that it is not currently 
subject to treatment as a PFIC. However, no assurance can be given that changes will not occur in Trinity Biotech’s business 
operations, assets and income that might cause it to be treated as a PFIC at some future time.  

If Trinity Biotech were to become a PFIC, a US Holder of Trinity Biotech ADSs would be required to allocate to each day in the 
holding period for such holder’s ADSs a pro rata portion of any distribution received (or deemed to be received) by the holder from 
Trinity Biotech, to the extent the distribution so received constitutes an “excess distribution,” as defined under US federal income tax 
law. Generally, a distribution received during a taxable year by a US Holder with respect to the underlying shares represented by any 
of the holder’s ADSs would be treated as an “excess distribution” to the extent that the distribution so received, plus all other 
distributions received (or deemed to be received) by the holder during the taxable year with respect to such underlying shares, is 
greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the holder with respect to such underlying shares during the three 
preceding years (or during such shorter period as the US Holder may have held the ADSs). Any portion of an excess distribution that 
is treated as allocable to one or more taxable years prior to the year of distribution during which Trinity Biotech was classified as a 
PFIC would be subject to US federal income tax in the year in which the excess distribution is made, but it would be subject to tax at 
the highest tax rate applicable to the holder in the prior tax year or years. The holder also would be subject to an interest charge, in the 
year in which the excess distribution is made, on the amount of taxes deemed to have been deferred with respect to the excess 
distribution. In addition, any gain recognised on a sale or other disposition of a US Holder’s ADSs, including any gain recognised on 
a liquidation of Trinity Biotech, would be treated in the same manner as an excess distribution. Any such gain would be treated as 
ordinary income rather than as capital gain.  

52 

  
Finally, the 15% reduced US federal income tax rate otherwise applicable to dividend income as discussed above, will not apply to 
any distribution made by Trinity Biotech in any taxable year in which it is a PFIC (or made in the taxable year following any such 
year), whether or not the distribution is an “excess distribution”.  

If Trinity Biotech became a PFIC, a US Holder may make a “qualifying electing fund” election in the year Trinity Biotech first 
becomes a PFIC or in the year the holder acquires the shares, whichever is later. This election provides for a current inclusion of 
Trinity Biotech’s ordinary income and capital gain income in the US Holder’s US taxable income. In return, any gain on sale or other 
disposition of a US Holder’s ADSs in Trinity Biotech, if it were classified as a PFIC, will be treated as capital, and the interest 
penalty will not be imposed. This election is not made by Trinity Biotech, but by each US Holder. The PFIC must provide certain 
information to the IRS in order to qualify as a Qualified Electing Fund. US Holders should contact their tax advisor for further 
information on this area.  

Alternatively, if the ADSs are considered “marketable stock” a US Holder may elect to “mark-to-market” its ADSs, and such US 
Holder would not be subject to the rules described above. Instead, such US Holder would generally include in income any excess of 
the fair market value of the ADSs at the close of each tax year over its adjusted basis in the ADSs. If the fair market value of the 
ADSs had depreciated below the US Holders adjusted basis at the close of the tax year, the US Holder may generally deduct the 
excess of the adjusted basis of the ADSs over its fair market value at that time. However, such deductions generally would be limited 
to the net mark-to-market gains, if any, that the US Holder included in income with respect to such ADSs in prior years. Income 
recognised and deductions allowed under the mark-to-market provisions, as well as any gain or loss on the disposition of ADSs with 
respect to which the mark-to-market election is made, is treated as ordinary income or loss (except that loss is treated as capital loss to 
the extent the loss exceeds the net mark-to-market gains, if any, that a US Holder included in income with respect to such ordinary 
shares in prior years). However, gain or loss from the disposition of ordinary shares (as to which a “mark-to-market” election was 
made) in a year in which Trinity Biotech is no longer a PFIC, will be capital gain or loss. The ADSs should be considered 
“marketable stock” if they traded at least 15 days during each calendar quarter of the relevant calendar year in more than de minimis 
quantities.  

If Trinity Biotech were to become a CFC, each US Holder treated as a US Ten-percent Shareholder would be required to include in 
income each year such US Ten-percent Shareholder’s pro rata share of Trinity Biotech’s undistributed “Subpart F income.” For this 
purpose, Subpart F income generally would include interest, original issue discount, dividends, net gains from the disposition of 
stocks or securities, net gains on forward and option contracts, receipts with respect to securities loans and net payments received with 
respect to equity swaps and similar derivatives.  

Any undistributed Subpart F income included in a US Holder’s income for any year would be added to the tax basis of the US 
Holder’s ADSs. Amounts distributed by Trinity Biotech to the US Holder in any subsequent year would not be subject to further US 
federal income tax in the year of distribution, to the extent attributable to amounts so included in the US Holder’s income in prior 
years under the CFC rules but would be treated, instead, as a reduction in the tax basis of the US Holder’s ADSs, the PFIC rules 
discussed above would not apply to any undistributed Subpart F income required to be included in a US Holder’s income under the 
CFC rules, or to the amount of any distributions received from Trinity Biotech that were attributable to amounts so included.  

Distributions made with respect to underlying shares represented by ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the US Internal 
Revenue Service and to US backup withholding tax at a rate equal to the fourth lowest income tax rate applicable to individuals 
(which, under current law, is 28%). Backup withholding will not apply, however, if the holder (i) is a corporation or comes within 
certain exempt categories, and demonstrates its eligibility for exemption when so required, or (ii) furnishes a correct taxpayer 
identification number and makes any other required certification.  

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a US 
Holder’s US tax liability, and a US Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules 
by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.  

Any US Holder who holds 10% or more in vote or value of Trinity Biotech will be subject to certain additional United States 
information reporting requirements.  

US Holders may be subject to state or local income and other taxes with respect to their ownership and disposition of ADSs. US 
Holders of ADSs should consult their own tax advisers as to the applicability and effect of any such taxes.  

53 

  
Republic of Ireland Taxation  
For the purposes of this summary, an “Irish Holder” means a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs evidenced by ADSs that 
(i) beneficially owns the ordinary shares or ADSs registered in its name; (ii) in the case of individual holders, are resident, ordinarily 
resident and domiciled in Ireland under Irish taxation laws; (iii) in the case of holders that are companies, are resident in Ireland under 
Irish taxation laws; and (iv) are not also resident in any other country under any double taxation agreement entered into by Ireland.  

For Irish taxation purposes, Irish Holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares represented by such 
ADSs.  

Solely for the purposes of this summary of Irish Tax considerations, a “US Holder” means a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs 
evidenced by ADSs that (i) beneficially owns the ordinary shares or ADSs registered in its name; (ii) is resident in the United States 
for the purposes of the Republic of Ireland/United States Double Taxation Convention (the Treaty); (iii) in the case of an individual 
holder, is not also resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes; (iv) in the case of a corporate holder, is not a 
resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and is not ultimately controlled by persons resident in Ireland; and (v) is not engaged in any 
trade or business in Ireland and does not perform independent personal services through a permanent establishment or fixed base in 
Ireland.  

In 2011, the Board decided that it was an appropriate time to commence a dividend policy for the first time in the Company’s history; 
to be paid once a year. The payment of a dividend is generally subject to dividend withholding tax (DWT) at the standard rate of 
income tax in force at the time the dividend is paid, currently 20%. Under current legislation, where DWT applies, Trinity Biotech 
will be responsible for withholding it at source.  

DWT will not be withheld where an exemption applies and where Trinity Biotech has received all necessary documentation from the 
recipient prior to payment of the dividend.  

Corporate Irish Holders will generally be entitled to claim an exemption from DWT by delivering a declaration which confirms that 
the company is resident in Ireland for tax purposes to Trinity Biotech in the form prescribed by the Irish Revenue Commissioners. 
Such corporate Irish Holders will generally not otherwise be subject to Irish tax in respect of dividends received.  

Individual Irish Holders will be subject to income tax on the gross amount of any dividend (that is the amount of the dividend 
received plus any DWT withheld), at their marginal rate of income tax (currently either 20% or 41% depending on the individual’s 
circumstances excluding PRSI and the universal social charge). Individual Irish Holders will be able to claim a credit against their 
resulting income tax liability in respect of DWT withheld. Individual Irish Holders may, depending on their circumstances, also be 
subject to the Irish Universal Social Charge of up to 7% and Pay Related Social Insurance contribution of up to 4% in respect of their 
dividend income.  

Under the Irish Taxes Consolidation Act 1997, dividends paid by Trinity Biotech to non-Irish shareholders will, unless exempted, be 
subject to DWT. Such non-Irish shareholders will not suffer DWT on dividends if the shareholder is:  

•

•

•

•

•

  an individual resident in the US (or certain other countries with which Ireland has a double taxation treaty) and who is 

neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland; or 

  a US tax resident corporation not under the control of Irish residents; or 

  a corporation that is not resident in Ireland and which is ultimately controlled by persons resident in the US (or certain 
other countries with which Ireland has a double taxation treaty) and is not under the control of persons who are not so 
resident; or  
  a corporation that is not resident in Ireland and the principal class of whose shares (or its 75% parent’s principal class of 

shares) is substantially or regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange; or 
  is otherwise entitled to an exemption from DWT.  

In order to avail of the above exemption, certain declarations must be made in advance to the paying company.  

A self-assessment system applies to a company tax resident in a treaty jurisdiction receiving dividends, under which a non-resident 
company will provide a declaration and certain information to the dividend paying company or intermediary to claim the exemption.  

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Special DWT arrangements are available in the case of shares in Irish companies held by US resident holders through American 
depository banks using ADSs where such banks enter into intermediary agreements with the Irish Revenue Commissioners and are 
viewed as qualifying intermediaries under Irish Tax legislation. Under such agreements, American depository banks who receive 
dividends from Irish companies and pay the dividends on to the US resident ADS holders are allowed to receive and pass on a 
dividend from the Irish company on a gross basis (without any withholding) if:  

•

•

  the depository bank’s ADS register shows that the direct beneficial owner of the dividends has a US address on the 
register, and  
  there is an intermediary between the depository bank and the beneficial shareholder and the depository bank receives 

confirmation from the intermediary that the beneficial shareholder’s address in the intermediary’s records is in the US. 

Where the above procedures have not been complied with and DWT is withheld from dividend payments to US Holders of ordinary 
shares or ADSs evidenced by ADSs, such US Holders can apply to the Irish Revenue Commissioners claiming a full refund of DWT 
paid by filing a declaration / claim in the form prescribed by the Irish Revenue Commissioners. Certain accompanying information 
should also be included when making such claims.  

The DWT rate applicable to US Holders is reduced to 5% under the terms of the Treaty for corporate US Holders holding 10% or 
more of voting shares and to 15% for other US Holders. While this will, subject to the application of Article 23 of the Treaty, 
generally entitle US Holders to claim a partial refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners, US Holders will, in most 
circumstances, likely prefer to seek a full refund of DWT under Irish domestic legislation (see above).  

Disposals of Ordinary Shares or ADSs  

Irish Holders that acquire ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be considered, for Irish tax purposes, to have acquired their ordinary 
shares or ADSs at a base cost equal to the amount paid for the ordinary shares or ADSs. On subsequent dispositions, ordinary shares 
or ADSs acquired at an earlier time will generally be deemed, for Irish tax purposes, to be disposed of on a “first in first out” basis 
before ordinary shares or ADSs acquired at a later time. Irish Holders that dispose of their ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to 
Irish capital gains tax (CGT) to the extent that the proceeds realised from such disposition exceed the indexed base cost of the 
ordinary shares or ADSs disposed of and any incidental expenses. The current rate of CGT is 33% and this applies to disposals made 
on or after 6 December 2012. Indexation of the base cost of the ordinary shares or ADSs is available up to 31 December 2002, and 
only in respect of ordinary shares or ADSs held for more than 12 months prior to their disposal.  

Irish Holders that have unutilised capital losses from other sources in the current, or any previous tax year, can generally apply such 
losses to reduce gains realised on the disposal of the ordinary shares or ADSs.  

An annual exemption allows individuals to realise chargeable gains of up to €1,270 in each tax year without giving rise to CGT. This 
exemption is specific to the individual and cannot be transferred between spouses. Irish Holders are required, under Ireland’s self-
assessment system, to file tax returns reporting any chargeable gains arising to them in a particular tax year.  

Where disposal proceeds are received in a currency other than Euro they must be translated into euro amounts to calculate the amount 
of any chargeable gain or loss. Similarly, acquisition costs denominated in a currency other than Euro must be translated at the date of 
acquisition in Euro amounts.  

Irish Holders that realise a loss on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be entitled to offset such allowable losses 
against capital gains realised from other sources in determining their CGT liability in that year. Allowable losses which remain 
unrelieved in a year may generally be carried forward indefinitely for CGT purposes and applied against capital gains in future years. 

Transfers between spouses who live together will not give rise to any chargeable gain or loss for CGT purposes with the acquiring 
spouse acquiring the same pro rata base cost and acquisition date as that of the transferring spouse.  

55 

  
  
  
 
 
US Holders will not be subject to Irish capital gains tax (CGT) on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs provided that such 
ordinary shares or ADSs are quoted on a stock exchange at the time of disposition. The stock exchange for this purpose is the Nasdaq 
National Market (NASDAQ). While it is our intention to continue the quotation of ADSs on NASDAQ, no assurances can be given in 
this regard.  

If, for any reason, our ADSs cease to be quoted on NASDAQ, US Holders will not be subject to CGT on the disposal of their ordinary 
shares or ADSs provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs do not, at the time of the disposal, derive the greater part of their value 
from land, buildings, minerals, or mineral rights or exploration rights in Ireland.  

A gift or inheritance of ordinary shares will be, or in the case of ADSs may be, within the charge to capital acquisitions tax, regardless 
of where the disponer or the donee/successor in relation to the gift/inheritance is domiciled, resident or ordinarily resident. Capital 
acquisitions tax is levied at a rate of 33% on the taxable value of the gift or inheritance above certain tax-free thresholds and this rate 
applies in respect of gifts and inheritances taken on or after 6 December 2012 (the rate was 30% between 7 December 2011 and 
5 December 2012). The tax-free threshold is determined by the amount of the current benefit and of previous benefits received within 
the group threshold since December 5, 1991, which are within the charge to capital acquisitions tax and the relationship between the 
former holder and the successor. Gifts and inheritances between spouses are not subject to the capital acquisitions tax. Gifts of up to 
€3,000 can be received each year from any given individual without triggering a charge to capital acquisitions tax. Where a charge to 
Irish CGT and capital acquisitions tax arises on the same event, capital acquisitions tax payable on the event can be reduced by the 
amount of the CGT payable. There should be no clawback of the same event credit of CGT offset against capital acquisitions tax 
provided the donee/successor does not dispose of the ordinary shares or ADSs within two years from the date of gift/inheritance.  

The Estate Tax Convention between Ireland and the United States generally provides for Irish capital acquisitions tax paid on 
inheritances in Ireland to be credited, in whole or in part, against tax payable in the United States, in the case where an inheritance of 
ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to both Irish capital acquisitions tax and US federal estate tax. The Estate Tax Convention does not 
apply to Irish capital acquisitions tax paid on gifts.  

Irish stamp duty, which is a tax imposed on certain documents, is payable on all transfers of ordinary shares of an Irish registered 
company (other than transfers made between spouses, transfers made between 90% associated companies, or certain other exempt 
transfers) regardless of where the document of transfer is executed. Irish stamp duty is also payable on electronic transfers of ordinary 
shares. A transfer of ordinary shares made as part of a sale or gift will generally be stampable at the ad valorem rate of 1% of the 
value of the consideration received for the transfer, or, if higher, the market value of the shares transferred. Any instrument executed 
on or after 24 December 2008 which transfers stock or marketable securities on sale where the amount or value of the consideration is 
€1,000 or less may be exempt from stamp duty. Where the consideration for a sale is expressed in a currency other than Euro, the 
duty will be charged on the Euro equivalent calculated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the date of the transfer.  

Transfers of ordinary shares where no beneficial interest passes (e.g. a transfer of shares from a beneficial owner to a nominee) will 
generally be exempt from stamp duty if the transfer form contains an appropriate certification.  

Transfers of ADSs are exempt from Irish stamp duty as long as the ADSs are quoted on any recognised stock exchange in the US or 
Canada.  

Transfers of ordinary shares from the Depositary or the Depositary’s custodian upon surrender of ADSs for the purposes of 
withdrawing the underlying ordinary shares from the ADS system, and transfers of ordinary shares to the Depositary or the 
Depositary’s custodian for the purposes of transferring ordinary shares onto the ADS system, will be stampable at the ad valorem rate 
of 1% of the value of the shares transferred if the transfer relates to a sale or contemplated sale or any other change in the beneficial 
ownership of ordinary shares. Such transfers will be exempt from Irish stamp duty if the transfer does not relate to or involve any 
change in the beneficial ownership in the underlying ordinary shares and the transfer form contains the appropriate certification.  

The person accountable for the payment of stamp duty is the transferee or, in the case of a transfer by way of gift or for consideration 
less than the market value, both parties to the transfer. Stamp duty is normally payable within 30 days after the date of execution of 
the transfer. Late or inadequate payment of stamp duty will result in liability for interest, penalties, surcharge and fines.  

56 

  
Dividend Policy 

In 2011, the Board decided that it was an appropriate time to commence a dividend policy for the first time in the Company’s history, 
to be paid once a year. The Board proposed a final dividend of 20 cents per ADS in respect of the 2012 financial year and this 
proposal was approved by the shareholders at the 2013 Annual General Meeting of the Company and subsequently paid during the 
course of 2013. A dividend of 15 cents per ADS was approved and paid in 2012, in respect of the 2011 financial year. A dividend of 
10 cents per ADS was approved and paid in 2011, in respect of the 2010 financial year.  

The dividend payable in respect of the 2013 financial year will be proposed by the Directors prior to the next AGM, to be held in June 
2014.  

As provided in the Articles of Association of the Company, dividends or other distributions are declared and paid in US Dollars.  

Documents on Display  

This annual report and the exhibits thereto and any other document that we have to file pursuant to the Exchange Act may be 
inspected without charge and copied at prescribed rates at the Securities and Exchange Commission public reference room at 100 F 
Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549; and on the Securities and Exchange Commission Internet site 
(http://www.sec.gov). You may obtain information on the operation of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference 
room in Washington, D.C. by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 or by visiting the Securities and 
Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov, and may obtain copies of our filings from the public reference room by 
calling (202) 551-8090. The Exchange Act file number for our Securities and Exchange Commission filings is 000-22320.  

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Item 11
Qualitative information about Market Risk  
Trinity Biotech’s treasury policy is to manage financial risks arising in relation to or as a result of underlying business needs. The 
activities of the treasury function, which does not operate as a profit centre, are carried out in accordance with board approved 
policies and are subject to regular internal review. These activities include the Group making use of spot and forward foreign 
exchange markets.  

Trinity Biotech uses a range of financial instruments (including cash, forward contracts and finance leases) to fund its operations. 
These instruments are used to manage the liquidity of the Group in a cost effective, low-risk manner. Working capital management is 
a key additional element in the effective management of overall liquidity. Trinity Biotech does not trade in financial instruments or 
derivatives.  

The main risks arising from the utilisation of these financial instruments are interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange risk. 

Trinity Biotech’s reported net income and net assets are all affected by movements in foreign exchange rates.  

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Group had no borrowings. At December 31, 2011 Group borrowings were at fixed rates of 
interest and consisted entirely of Euro denominated finance leases. At December 31, 2011 year-end borrowings totalled US$108,000, 
at interest rates ranging from 5.02% to 5.29% – see Item 18, Note 25.  

In broad terms, a one-percentage point increase in interest rates would increase interest income by US$223,000 (2012: US$749,000) 
and would not affect the interest expense in 2013 or 2012; resulting in an increase in interest income of US$223,000 (2012: 
US$749,000).  

57 

  
  
The majority of the Group’s activities are conducted in US Dollars. The primary foreign exchange risk arises from the fluctuating 
value of the Group’s Euro denominated expenses as a result of the movement in the exchange rate between the US Dollar and the 
Euro. Arising from this, where considered necessary, the Group pursues a treasury policy which aims to sell US Dollars forward to 
match a portion of its uncovered Euro expenses at exchange rates lower than budgeted exchange rates. These forward contracts are 
primarily cashflow hedging instruments whose objective is to cover a portion of these Euro forecasted transactions. These forward 
contracts normally have maturities of less than one year after the balance sheet date. There were no forward contracts in place as at 
31 December, 2013.  

The Group had foreign currency denominated cash balances equivalent to US$1,624,000 at December 31, 2013 (2012: 
US$1,316,000).  

Quantitative information about Market Risk  
Interest rate sensitivity  
Trinity Biotech monitors its exposure to changes in interest and exchange rates by estimating the impact of possible changes on 
reported profit before tax and net worth. The Group accepts interest rate and currency risk as part of the overall risks of operating in 
different economies and seeks to manage these risks by following the policies set above.  

Trinity Biotech estimates that the maximum effect of a rise of one percentage point in one of the principal interest rates to which the 
Group is exposed, without making any allowance for the potential impact of such a rise on exchange rates, would be an increase in 
the profit before tax for 2013 by approximately 2.2%.  

Exchange rate sensitivity  
At year-end 2013, approximately 6.9% of the Group’s US$183,011,000 net worth (shareholders’ equity) was denominated in 
currencies other than the US Dollar, principally the Euro, Canadian Dollar, Swedish Krona and Brazilian Real.  

A strengthening or weakening of the US Dollar by 10% against all the other currencies in which the Group operates, would have the 
approximate effect of reducing or increasing the Group’s 2013 year-end net worth by US$1,262,000.  

Item 12
Not applicable.  

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Part II  
Item 13
Not applicable.  

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Item 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.  

Control and Procedures 

Item 15
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  
The Group’s disclosure and control procedures are designed so that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted 
under the Securities Exchange Act 1934 is prepared and reported on a timely basis and communicated to management, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to 
Rule 13a-15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F. The Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013.  

58 

  
  
  
  
  
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, recognised that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management necessarily was required to apply 
its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in all 
control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within 
the Group have been detected.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  
The management of Trinity Biotech are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting. Trinity Biotech’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision and with the 
participation of the principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and preparation of Trinity Biotech’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS 
both as issued by the IASB and as subsequently adopted by the EU.  

Trinity Biotech’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS and that receipts and 
expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of management and the directors of Trinity Biotech; and 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of Trinity 
Biotech’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over 
financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. It is not always possible to conduct an assessment of an acquired 
business’s internal control over financial reporting in the period between the purchase date and the date of management’s assessment. 
In such cases, management will note that it has excluded the acquired business or businesses from its report on internal control over 
financial reporting. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, and that the degree of compliance with the policies or 
procedures may deteriorate.  

In 2013, the Company acquired Immco Diagnostics, Inc., Nova Century Scientific, Inc. and a business in the UK which was 
incorporated as Trinity Biotech (UK) Ltd. These three entities have been excluded from management’s assessment of the internal 
controls. These acquisitions constituted 20% of total assets, as of 31 December 2013 and 9% of revenue for the financial year then 
ended.  

Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, excluding entities acquired in 2013, based on 
criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Group’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.  

Our auditor, Grant Thornton, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the Group’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 (see Item 18).  

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting  
There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Form 20-F that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

59 

  
Item 16
16A Audit Committee Financial Expert  
Mr Peter Coyne is an independent director and a member of the Audit Committee.  

Our board of directors has determined that Mr Peter Coyne meets the definition of an audit committee financial expert, as defined in 
Item 401 of Regulation S-K.  

This determination is made on the basis that Mr Coyne is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland and has 
extensive experience in advising public and private groups on all aspects of corporate strategy. Mr Coyne was formerly a director of 
AIB Corporate Finance, a subsidiary of AIB Group plc, and was also formerly a senior manager in Arthur Andersen’s Corporate 
Financial Services practice.  

16B Code of Ethics  
Trinity Biotech has adopted a code of ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting 
Officer and all organisation employees. Written copies of the code of ethics are available free of charge upon request. If we make any 
substantive amendments to the code of ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of these codes to 
our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or 
waiver on our website.  

16C Principal Accounting fees and services  
Fees Billed by Independent Public Accountants  
The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by our independent public accountants and the 
percentage of each of the fees out of the total amount billed by the accountants.  

Audit 
Audit-related 
Tax 
Total 

Year ended December 31,
2013

US$’000  
574  
16  
89  
679  

%  

85%  
2%  
13%  

Year ended December 31,
2012 

US$’000  
451  
22  
79  
552  

%  

82% 
4% 
14% 

Audit services include audit of our consolidated financial statements, as well as work only the independent auditors can reasonably be 
expected to provide, including statutory audits. Audit related services are for assurance and related services performed by the 
independent auditor, including due diligence related to acquisitions and any special procedures required to meet certain regulatory 
requirements. Tax fees consist of fees for professional services for tax compliance and tax advice.  

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures  
Our Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures for the pre-approval of audit and non-audit services rendered by our 
independent public accountants, Grant Thornton. The policy generally pre-approves certain specific services in the categories of audit 
services, audit-related services, and tax services up to specified amounts, and sets requirements for specific case-by-case pre-approval 
of discrete projects, those which may have a material effect on our operations or services over certain amounts.  

Pre-approval may be given as part of the Audit Committee’s approval of the scope of the engagement of our independent auditor or 
on an individual basis. The pre-approval of services may be delegated to one or more of the Audit Committee’s members, but the 
decision must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The policy prohibits retention of the 
independent public accountants to perform the prohibited non-audit functions defined in Section 201 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or the 
rules of the SEC, and also considers whether proposed services are compatible with the independence of the public accountants.  

60 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
16D Exemptions from the Listing Requirements and Standards for Audit Committee 
Not applicable.  

16 E Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers  
On March 3, 2011 the Company announced its intention to commence a Share Buyback Program for the first time in the Company’s 
history. Under the authority given by the passing of Resolution 6 at the 2012 AGM, the maximum number of shares that may yet be 
purchased by Trinity Biotech or on the Group’s behalf at December 31, 2013 was 7,244,556 (1,811,139 ADS’s) (2012: 7,244,556 
(1,811,139 ADS’s)).  

2013 Share Buyback  
There were no shares purchased by Trinity Biotech or on the Group’s behalf in the year ended December 31, 2013.  

2012 Share Buyback  

Period
March 1-31, 2012 
May 1-31, 2012 
August 1-31, 2012 
September 1-30, 2012 
October 1-31, 2012 
Total 

Total Number of 
ADS’s Purchased    
96,805    
145,500    
56,660    
58,357    
100,000    
457,322    

Average Price Paid
per ADS (US$)

10.44    
11.39    
12.42    
12.42    
12.47    
11.68    

16 F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant  
Not applicable.  

Total Number of 
ADS’s Purchased as 
part of Publicly 
Announced Plans or
Programs

96,805    
145,500    
56,660    
58,357    
100,000    
457,322    

Maximum Number
of ADS’s that May
Yet Be Purchased.  
1,506,679  
2,026,156  
1,969,496  
1,911,139  
1,811,139  
1,811,139  

16 G Corporate Governance  
As Trinity Biotech is a foreign private issuer, it is not required to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements set forth 
in NASDAQ Rule 5600 as they apply to U.S. domestic companies. The Group’s corporate governance measures differ in the 
following significant ways: (a) the Group has not appointed an independent nominations committee or adopted a board resolution 
addressing the nominations process. At present, the Board as a whole address the nominations process; and (b) the Audit Committee 
of the Group currently consists of two members (both of whom are independent non-executive directors) – while U.S. domestic 
companies listed on NASDAQ are required to have three members on their audit committee.  

61 

  
  
  
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Part III  
Item 17
The registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.  

Financial Statements 

Item 18

Financial Statements 

62 

  
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Trinity Biotech plc  

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Trinity Biotech plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
(“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audit. Our audit of, and opinion on, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal 
control over financial reporting of wholly-owned subsidiaries, Immco Diagnostics, Inc., Nova Century Scientific Inc. and Trinity 
Biotech (UK) Ltd. whose financial statements reflect total assets and revenues constituting 20 and 9 percent, respectively, of the 
related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013. As indicated in Management’s 
Report, Immco Diagnostics, Inc., Nova Century Scientific, Inc. and a business in the UK which was incorporated as Trinity Biotech 
(UK) Ltd. were acquired during 2013. Management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting excluded internal control over financial reporting of these subsidiaries.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to 
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material 
effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated April 9, 2014 
expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.  

Grant Thornton  

Dublin, Ireland  
April 9, 2014  

63 

  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Trinity Biotech plc  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Trinity Biotech plc and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, 
changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are 
the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on 
our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Trinity Biotech plc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European 
Union.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and 
our report dated April 9, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion.  

Grant Thornton  

Dublin, Ireland  
April 9, 2014  

64 

  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS  

Revenues 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Other operating income 
Research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Operating profit 
Financial income 
Financial expenses 
Net financing income 
Profit before tax 
Total income tax expense 
Profit for the year (all attributable to owners of the parent)
Basic earnings per ADS (US Dollars) 
Diluted earnings per ADS (US Dollars)
Basic earnings per ‘A’ ordinary share (US Dollars) 
Diluted earnings per ‘A’ ordinary share (US Dollars) 

532      

   4     

2013 
Total 
US$‘000  

Year ended December, 31
2012 
Total 
US$‘000  

2011
Total 
   Notes   
US$‘000  
   2      91,216       82,510     77,948  
    (45,996)    (40,257) 
(37,820) 
     45,220       42,253     40,128  
468    
910  
     (3,691)     (3,130) 
(3,206) 
(22,048) 
    (33,066)    (22,425) 
     8,995       17,166     15,784  
2,428  
(12) 
2,416  
   5      10,220       19,358     18,200  
   2, 8     
(2,607) 
(574)     (2,017)  
   2      9,646       17,341     15,593  
0.73  
   9     
0.70  
   9     

  2, 3      1,276       2,280  
(88) 
  2, 3     
     1,225       2,192    

0.44      
0.41      

0.81    
0.77    

(51)    

   9     
   9     

0.11      
0.10      

0.20    
0.19    

0.18  
0.18  

65 

  
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income  
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign exchange translation differences
Cash flow hedges: 
Effective portion of changes in fair value
Deferred tax on income and expenses recognised directly in equity
Other comprehensive income 
Total Comprehensive Income (all attributable to owners of the parent)

66 

2013 
US$‘000     
  9,646    

Year ended December 31,
2012 
2011
US$‘000     
US$‘000  
 17,341     15,593  

   Notes   
2   

194    

127    

—    

  —      
  —      
194    
  9,840    

6    
1    
134    

(6) 
(1) 
(7) 
 17,475     15,586  

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other assets 
Total non-current assets 
Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Income tax receivable 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Treasury Shares 
Accumulated surplus 
Translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Total equity 
Current liabilities 
Income tax payable 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Total current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

67 

At December, 31

2013 
US$‘000   

2012
US$‘000  

   Notes   

10   
11   
12   
13   

14   
15   

16   

  12,991    
 128,547    
  7,044    
  1,162    
 149,744    

8,883  
73,046  
4,073  
908  
86,910  

  29,670    
  24,268    
487    
  22,317    
  76,742    

20,757  
14,457  
336  
74,947  
110,497  

2   

 226,486    

197,407  

  1,170    
  8,842    
  (7,367)  
 176,037    
(223)  
  4,552    
 183,011    

770    
  20,131    
75    
  20,976    

17   

19   
20   

21   
12   

2   

  4,596    
  17,903    
  22,499    
  43,475    

1,134  
5,138  
(7,367) 
166,340  
(417) 
4,552  
169,380  

1,092  
11,824  
50  
12,966  

4,318  
10,743  
15,061  
28,027  

 226,486    

197,407  

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
3
9
5
,
5
1

7
8
2
,
1
4
1

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

l
a
t
o
T

)
7
(

7
4
5
,
1

9
8
1
,
1

6
8
5
,
5
1

)
8
3
(

—

)
5
4
1
,
2
(

)
4
9
0
,
6
(

2
3
3
,
1
5
1

1
4
3
,
7
1

2
3
3
,
1
5
1

4
3
1

0
4
6
,
2

5
0
5
,
2

5
7
4
,
7
1

1

)
6
7
(

)
4
2
2
,
3
(

)
3
4
3
,
5
(

0
7
0
,
4

0
8
3
,
9
6
1

0
8
3
,
9
6
1

4
9
1

6
4
6
,
9

0
4
8
,
9

3
0
3
,
3

2
6
6
,
3

)
2
3
(

1
3
2
,
1

)
3
7
3
,
4
(

)
2
1
4
,
5
2
(

3
9
5
,
5
1

—

7
4
5
,
1

3
9
5
,
5
1

—

—

—

)
5
4
1
,
2
(

0
0
0
,
0
6
1

3
8
5
,
9
4
1

1
4
3
,
7
1

3
8
5
,
9
4
1

—

0
4
6
,
2

1
4
3
,
7
1

—

—

—

)
4
2
2
,
3
(

—

—

6
4
6
,
9

0
4
3
,
6
6
1

0
4
3
,
6
6
1

—

6
4
6
,
9

3
0
3
,
3

—

—

1
2
1
,
1

)
3
7
3
,
4
(

)
7
(

)
7
(

3
2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6
1

6
1

—

7

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3
2

3
2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9
2
5
,
4

)
4
4
5
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9
2
5
,
4

9
2
5
,
4

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9
2
5
,
4

9
2
5
,
4

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
4
4
5
(

)
4
4
5
(

7
2
1

7
2
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
7
1
4
(

)
7
1
4
(

4
9
1

4
9
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
4
9
0
,
6
(

)
4
9
0
,
6
(

)
4
9
0
,
6
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
3
4
3
,
5
(

0
7
0
,
4

)
7
6
3
,
7
(

)
7
6
3
,
7
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
8
3
(

5
7
1
,
1

)
0
0
0
,
0
6
1
(

—

—

6
3
7
,
2

6
3
7
,
2

—

—

—

—

)
6
7
(

8
7
4
,
2

—

—

—

—

8
3
1
,
5

8
3
1
,
5

—

—

—

—

)
2
3
(

0
1
1

—

6
2
6
,
3

1
1
0
,
3
8
1

7
3
0
,
6
7
1

3
2

9
2
5
,
4

)
3
2
2
(

)
7
6
3
,
7
(

2
4
8
,
8

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2
1

2
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
2
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8
6

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

/
s
u
l
p
r
u
s

)
t
i
c
i
f
e
d
(

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

g
n
i
g
d
e
H

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

t
n
a
r
r
a
W

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
T

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

s
e
r
a
h
S

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

e
r
a
h
S

m
u
i
m
e
r
p

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

s
e
r
a
h
s

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

9
9
5
,
1
6
1

2
1

—

—

—

—

4
1

—

—

—

—

4
9
0
,
1

4
9
0
,
1

—

—

—

—

7
2

3
1

—

—

—

—

4
3
1
,
1

4
3
1
,
1

—

—

—

—

6
3

—

—

—

0
7
1
,
1

0
8
0
,
1

s
e
r
a
h
s

0
0
0
’
$
S
U

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
r
i
u
q
c
a

s
e
r
a
h
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

1
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
7
1
e
t
o
N

(

r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T
m
u
i
m
e
r
P
e
r
a
h
S

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w
/
s
n
o
i
t
p
O

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

1
1
0
2

,
1
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
P

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
S

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
r
i
u
q
c
a

s
e
r
a
h
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

2
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

d
e
u
s
s
i
-
e
r

s
e
r
a
h
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
d
i
s
n
o
c

s
a
d
e
u
s
s
i

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
/
s
e
r
a
h
S

3
1
0
2

,

1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
6
2
e
t
o
N

(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
P

r
e
h
t
O

3
1
0
2

,
1
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w
/
s
n
o
i
t
p
O

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
S

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
P

r
e
h
t
O

2
1
0
2

,
1
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l
a
t
o
T

d
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w
/
s
n
o
i
t
p
O

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
S

n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
c

e
r
a
h
s

’

B

‘

)
6
2
e
t
o
N

(

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

e
r
a
h
S

y
r
a
n
i
d
r
o

’
B
‘

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

e
r
a
h
S

y
r
a
n
i
d
r
o

’
A
‘

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
N
I
S
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit for the year 
Adjustments to reconcile net profit to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Income tax expense 
Financial income 
Financial expense 
Share-based payments 
Foreign exchange gains on operating cash flows 
Loss on disposal / retirement of property, plant and equipment
Licence fees 
Other non-cash items 
Operating cash flows before changes in working capital 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 
(Increase) in inventories 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 
Cash generated from operations 
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Income taxes paid 
Net cash generated by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities 
Payments to acquire subsidiaries 
Cash received with acquired subsidiary
Proceeds from divestiture of Coagulation product line 
Payments to acquire intangible assets 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital
Purchase of Treasury Shares 
Expenses paid in connection with share issue and debt financing
Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent 
Payment of finance lease liabilities 
Net cash used in financing activities 
(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Effects of exchange rate movements on cash held 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

69 

2013 
US$‘000   

Year ended December 31,
2012 
US$‘000   

2011
US$‘000  

   Notes   

     9,646       17,341     15,593  

46      
1      

     1,688       1,349    
   11      1,902       1,482    
8     
574       2,017    
3      (1,276)     (2,280)  
88    
51      
3     
  18      2,014       1,713  
(60)  

1,166  
1,427  
2,607  
(2,428) 
12  
1,269  
(10) 
5     —    
   19, 21     4,135       —       —    
     1,020      
302  
     19,801       22,233     19,938  
1,276  
     (7,032)     (2,059)  
(2,409) 
     (7,258)     (1,374)  
     3,255      
(33) 
22    
     8,766       18,822     18,772  
(12) 
     —        
(3)  
2,013  
     1,292       2,189    
(317) 
(701)     (1,047)  
     9,357       19,961     20,456  

578    

(2,166) 
    (39,424)     (5,958)  
     1,407      
21  
44    
     —         11,250     11,250  
(6,799) 
    (18,687)    (12,631) 
(2,436) 
     (4,489)     (2,665) 
(130) 
    (61,193)     (9,960)  

(87)    

  17      3,662       2,505  
  17      —         (5,343) 
(22)  
   26      (4,373)     (3,224)  
(109)  
     —        
(798)     (6,193)  

1,189  
(6,094) 
(38) 
(2,145) 
(159) 
(7,247) 
    (52,634)     3,808     13,079  
4  
     74,947       71,085     58,002  
   16      22,317       74,947     71,085  

4      

54    

  
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  
1.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
The principal accounting policies adopted by Trinity Biotech plc and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) are as follows:  

i)

Statement of compliance 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) both as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as subsequently adopted by the 
European Union (“EU”) (together “IFRS”). The IFRS applied are those effective for accounting periods beginning 1 January 
2013. Consolidated financial statements are required by Irish law to comply with IFRS as adopted by the EU which differ in 
certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB. These differences predominantly relate to the timing of adoption of new 
standards by the EU. However, as none of the differences are relevant in the context of Trinity Biotech, the consolidated 
financial statements for the periods presented comply with IFRS both as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU.  

ii)

Basis of preparation 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in United States Dollars (US$), rounded to the nearest thousand, 
under the historical cost basis of accounting, except for derivative financial instruments, certain balances arising on acquisition 
of subsidiary entities and share-based payments which are initially recorded at fair value. Derivatives are also subsequently 
carried at fair value.  
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about the carrying value of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.  
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.  
Judgements made by management that have a significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk 
of material adjustment in the next year are discussed in Note 28.  
Having considered the Group’s current financial position and its cashflow projections, the directors believe that the Group will 
be able to continue in operational existence for at least the next 12 months from the date of approval of these consolidated 
financial statements and that it is appropriate to continue to prepare the consolidated financial statements on a going concern 
basis.  
The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial 
statements. The accounting policies have been applied consistently by all Group entities.  

iii)

Basis of consolidation 
Subsidiaries  
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to 
govern the financial and reporting policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, potential 
voting rights that presently are exercisable or convertible are taken into account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are 
included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.  

Transactions eliminated on consolidation  
Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains or losses or income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.  

70 

  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

iv)

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Property, plant and equipment 
Owned assets  
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less any accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses (see 
Note 1(viii)). The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour and attributable overheads. It is not
Group policy to revalue any items of property, plant and equipment.  
Depreciation is charged to the statement of operations on a straight-line basis to write-off the cost of the assets over their 
expected useful lives as follows:  

•       Leasehold improvements 
•       Office equipment and fittings 
•       Buildings 
•       Computer equipment
•       Plant and equipment

5-15 years    
10 years    
50 years    
3-5 years    
5-15 years    

Land is not depreciated. The residual values, if not insignificant, useful lives and depreciation methods of property, plant and 
equipment are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate on a prospective basis, at each balance sheet date. There were no changes 
to useful lives in the year.  

Leased assets – as lessee  
Leases under terms of which the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance 
leases. Property, plant and equipment acquired by way of finance lease is stated at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value 
and present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment 
losses. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognised in financial expenses in the statement 
of operations.  
Depreciation is calculated in order to write-off the amounts capitalised over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the lease 
term if shorter, by equal annual instalments. The excess of the total rentals under a lease over the amount capitalised is treated 
as interest, which is charged to the statement of operations in proportion to the amount outstanding under the lease. Leased 
assets are reviewed for impairment (see Note 1(viii)).  
Leases other than finance leases are classified as “operating leases”, and the rentals thereunder are charged to the statement of 
operations on a straight-line basis over the period of the leases. Lease incentives are recognised in the statement of operations 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  

Leased assets – as lessor  
Leases where the Group substantially transfers the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset to the customer are classified as 
finance leases within finance lease receivables. The Group recognises the amount receivable from assets leased under finance 
leases at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease. Finance lease income is recognised as revenue in the statement of 
operations reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the Group’s net investment in the lease.  
Assets provided to customers under leases other than finance leases are classified as operating leases and carried in property, 
plant and equipment at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset or the lease term, if 
shorter.  

Subsequent costs  
The Group recognises in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of such an 
item when that cost is incurred if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the item will flow to the 
Group and the cost of the replaced item can be measured reliably. All other costs are recognised in the statement of operations 
as an expense as incurred.  

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Business combinations 

1.

v)

All business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the 
aggregate of the consideration transferred (excluding amounts relating to the settlement of pre-existing relationships), the 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and, in a business combination achieved in stages, the acquisition-date 
fair value of the acquirer’s previously-held equity interest in the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs of the combination are 
recorded as an expense in the statement of operations and any contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the 
acquisition date. If the contingent consideration arrangement gives rise to a financial liability, any subsequent changes are 
generally recognised in profit or loss. Assets and liabilities assumed are measured at their acquisition date fair values.  

vi)

Goodwill 

In respect of business combinations that have occurred since January 1, 2004 (being the transition date to IFRS), goodwill 
represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.  
In respect of acquisitions prior to this date, goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents the amount 
recorded under the old basis of accounting, Irish GAAP, (“Previous GAAP”). Save for retrospective restatement of deferred tax 
as an adjustment to retained earnings in accordance with IAS 12, Income Taxes, the classification and accounting treatment of 
business combinations undertaken prior to the transition date were not reconsidered in preparing the Group’s opening IFRS 
balance sheet as at January 1, 2004.  
To the extent that the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
acquired exceeds the cost of a business combination, the identification and measurement of the related assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities are revisited accompanied by a reassessment of the cost of the transaction, and any remaining balance is 
immediately recognised in the statement of operations.  
At the acquisition date, any goodwill is allocated to each of the cash generating units expected to benefit from the 
combination’s synergies. Following initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses (see 
Note 1(viii)).  

vii)

Intangibles, including research and development (other than goodwill)

An intangible asset, which is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance, is recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its cost can be 
measured reliably. The asset is deemed to be identifiable when it is separable (that is, capable of being divided from the entity 
and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, either individually or together with a related contract, asset or liability) or 
when it arises from contractual or other legal rights, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable from the 
Group or from other rights and obligations.  
Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised separately from goodwill if the intangible asset 
meets the definition of an asset and the fair value can be reliably measured on initial recognition. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, these intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment 
losses (Note 1(viii)). Intangible assets with definite useful lives are reviewed for indicators of impairment annually while 
intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and those not yet brought into use are tested for impairment annually, either 
individually or at the cash generating unit level.  
Expenditure on development activities, whereby research findings are applied to a plan or design for the production of new or 
substantially improved products and processes, is capitalised if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible 
and the Group has sufficient resources to complete the development. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, 
direct labour and attributable overheads and third party costs. Subsequent expenditure on capitalised intangible assets is 
capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.  
The technical feasibility of a new product is determined by a specific feasibility study undertaken at the first stage of any 
development project. The majority of our new product developments involve the transfer of existing product know-how to a 
new application. Since the technology is already proven in an existing product which is being used by customers, this 
facilitates the proving of the technical feasibility of that same technology in a new product.  

72 

  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

The results of the feasibility study are reviewed by a design review committee comprising senior managers. The feasibility 
study occurs in the initial research phase of a project and costs in this phase are not capitalized.  
The commercial feasibility of a new product is determined by preparing a discounted cash flow projection. This projection 
compares the discounted sales revenues for future periods with the relevant costs. As part of preparing the cash flow projection, 
the size of the relevant market is determined, feedback is sought from customers and the strength of the proposed new product 
is assessed against competitors’ offerings. Once the technical and commercial feasibility has been established and the project 
has been approved for commencement, the project moves into the development phase.  
All other development expenditure is expensed as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, the capitalised development 
expenditure is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses (Note 1(viii)).  
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and 
understanding, is recognised in the statement of operations as an expense as incurred.  
Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is recognised in the statement of operations as an expense as incurred. 

Amortisation  
Amortisation is charged to the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible 
assets, unless such lives are indefinite. Intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. The estimated 
useful lives are as follows:  

•     Patents and licences
•     Capitalised development costs 
•     Other (including acquired customer and supplier lists)

   6-15 years
   15 years
  6-15 years

The Group uses a useful economic life of 15 years for capitalized development costs. This is a conservative estimate of the 
likely life of the products. The Group is confident that products have a minimum of 15 years life given the inertia that 
characterizes the medical diagnostics industry and the barriers to enter into the industry. The following factors have been 
considered in estimating the useful life of developed products:  
(a)

once a diagnostic test becomes established, customers are reluctant to change to new technology until it is fully proven, 
thus resulting in relatively long product life cycles. There is also reluctance in customers to change to a new product as it 
can be costly both in terms of the initial changeover cost and as new technology is typically more expensive. 

(b) demand for the diagnostic tests is enduring and robust within a wide geographic base. The diseases that the products 

diagnose are widely prevalent (HIV, Diabetes and Chlamydia being just three examples) in many countries. There is a 
general consensus that these diseases will continue to be widely prevalent in the future. 

(c)

there are significant barriers to new entrants in this industry. Patents and/or licences are in place for many of our products, 
though this is not the only barrier to entry. There is a significant cost and time to develop new products, it is necessary to 
obtain regulatory approval and tests are protected by proprietary know-how, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets. 

Certain trade names acquired are deemed to have an indefinite useful life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over 
which these assets are expected to generate cash inflows for the Group.  
Where amortisation is charged on assets with finite lives, this expense is taken to the statement of operations through the 
‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ line.  
Useful lives are examined on an annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made on a prospective basis.  

73 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

viii)

Impairment 

The carrying amount of the Group’s assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each balance sheet 
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount 
(being the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use) is assessed at each balance sheet date.  
Fair value less costs to sell is defined as the amount obtainable from the sale of an asset or cash-generating unit in an arm’s 
length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties, less the costs that would be incurred in disposal. Value in use is 
defined as the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived through the continued use of an asset or cash-
generating unit. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which 
the future cash flow estimates have not yet been adjusted. The estimates of future cash flows exclude cash inflows or outflows 
attributable to financing activities and income tax. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash flows, the 
recoverable amount is determined by reference to the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.  
For goodwill, assets that have an indefinite useful life and intangible assets that are not yet available for use, the recoverable 
amount is estimated at each balance sheet date at the cash generating unit level. The goodwill and indefinite-lived assets were 
reviewed for impairment at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 2013. See Note 11.  
IPR&D is tested for impairment on an annual basis, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if impairment indicators are 
present, using projected discounted cash flow models. If IPR&D becomes impaired or is abandoned, the carrying value of the 
IPR&D is written down to its revised fair value with the related impairment charge recognised in the period in which the 
impairment occurs. If the fair value of the asset becomes impaired as the result of unfavorable data from any ongoing or future 
clinical trial, changes in assumptions that negatively impact projected cash flows, or because of any other information 
regarding the prospects of successfully developing or commercializing our programs, we could incur significant charges in the 
period in which the impairment occurs. The valuation techniques utilized in performing impairment tests incorporate 
significant assumptions and judgments to estimate the fair value, as described above. The use of different valuation techniques 
or different assumptions could result in materially different fair value estimates.  
An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the statement of operations.  
Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any 
goodwill allocated to cash-generating units and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets in the cash-generating units 
on a pro-rata basis.  
An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.  
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.  
Following recognition of any impairment loss (and on recognition of an impairment loss reversal), the depreciation or 
amortisation charge applicable to the asset or cash generating unit is adjusted prospectively with the objective of systematically 
allocating the revised carrying amount, net of any residual value, over the remaining useful life.  

ix)

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the first-in, first-out principle and includes 
all expenditure which has been incurred in bringing the products to their present location and condition, and includes an 
appropriate allocation of manufacturing overhead based on the normal level of operating capacity. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price of inventory on hand in the ordinary course of business less all further costs to completion and costs 
expected to be incurred in selling these products.  
The Group provides for inventory, based on estimates of the expected realisability of the Group’s inventory. The estimated 
realisability is evaluated on a case-by-case basis and any inventory that is approaching its “use-by” date and for which no 
further re-processing can be performed is written off. Any reversal of an inventory provision is recognised in the statement of 
operations in the year in which the reversal occurs.  

74 

  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

x)

xi)

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Trade and other receivables 

Trade and other receivables are stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses incurred. Cost approximates fair value 
given the short dated nature of these assets.  

Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are stated at cost. Cost approximates fair value given the short dated nature of these liabilities.  

xii) Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term deposits. The Group has no short-term bank overdraft 
facilities. Where restrictions are imposed by third parties, such as lending institutions, on cash balances held by the Group 
these are treated as financial assets in the financial statements.  

xiii)

Share-based payments 

For equity-settled share-based payments (share options), the Group measures the services received and the corresponding 
increase in equity at fair value at the measurement date (which is the grant date) using a trinomial model. Given that the share 
options granted do not vest until the completion of a specified period of service, the fair value, which is assessed at the grant 
date, is recognised on the basis that the services to be rendered by employees as consideration for the granting of share options 
will be received over the vesting period.  
The share options issued by the Group are not subject to market-based vesting conditions as defined in IFRS 2, Share-based 
Payment. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the fair value of share options as at the 
grant date; such conditions are taken into account through adjusting the number of equity instruments included in the 
measurement of the transaction amount so that, ultimately, the amount recognised equates to the number of equity instruments 
that actually vest. The expense in the statement of operations in relation to share options represents the product of the total 
number of options anticipated to vest and the fair value of those options; this amount is allocated to accounting periods on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period. Given that the performance conditions underlying the Group’s share options are 
non-market in nature, the cumulative charge to the statement of operations is only reversed where the performance condition is 
not met or where an employee in receipt of share options relinquishes service prior to completion of the expected vesting 
period. Share based payments, to the extent they relate to direct labour involved in development activities, are capitalised, see 
Note 1(vii).  
The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share 
premium when the options are exercised. The Group does not operate any cash-settled share-based payment schemes or share-
based payment transactions with cash alternatives as defined in IFRS 2.  

xiv) Government grants 

Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred such as research and development, employment and training are 
recognised as revenue or income in the statement of operations on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses 
are incurred. Grants that compensate the Group for the cost of an asset are recognised in the statement of operations as other 
operating income on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset.  

75 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

xv)

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Revenue recognition 
Goods sold and services rendered  
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised in the statement of operations when the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership have been transferred to the buyer. Revenue from products is generally recorded as of the date of shipment, 
consistent with typical ex-works shipment terms. Where the shipment terms do not permit revenue to be recognised as of the 
date of shipment, revenue is recognised when the Group has satisfied all of its obligations to the customer in accordance with 
the shipping terms. Revenue, including any amounts invoiced for shipping and handling costs, represents the value of goods 
supplied to external customers, net of discounts and excluding sales taxes.  
Revenue from services rendered is recognised in the statement of operations in proportion to the stage of completion of the 
transaction at the balance sheet date.  
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefit will flow to the Group, that the risks and rewards 
of ownership have passed to the buyer and the revenue can be measured. No revenue is recognised if there is uncertainty 
regarding recovery of the consideration due at the outset of the transaction or the possible return of goods.  
The Group leases instruments under operating and finance leases as part of its business. In cases where the risks and rewards of 
ownership of the instrument pass to the customer, the fair value of the instrument is recognised as revenue at the 
commencement of the lease and is matched by the related cost of sale. In the case of operating leases of instruments which 
typically involve commitments by the customer to pay a fee per test run on the instruments, revenue is recognised on the basis 
of customer usage of the instruments. See also Note 1(iv).  

Other operating income  
Rental income from sub-leasing premises under operating leases, where the risks and rewards of the premises remain with the 
lessor, is recognised in the statement of operations as other operating income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Other income also comprises income recognised under Transitional Services Agreements (TSA) with Lab 21 Limited and 
Diagnostica Stago. As part of the acquisition of the blood bank screening business in July 2013 from Lab 21 Limited, the 
Group entered into a TSA. The services provided by the Group to Lab 21 under the TSA comprise of mainly facilities and 
information technology. As part of the divestiture of the Coagulation product line in April 2010, the Group entered into a TSA. 
The services provided by the Group to Stago under the TSA comprise canteen services. This income has not been treated as 
revenue since the TSA activities are incidental to the main revenue-generating activities of the Group.  

xvi) Employee benefits 

Defined contribution plans  
The Group operates defined contribution schemes in various locations where its subsidiaries are based. Contributions to the 
defined contribution schemes are recognised in the statement of operations in the period in which the related service is received 
from the employee.  

Other long-term benefits  
Where employees participate in the Group’s other long-term benefit schemes (such as permanent health insurance schemes 
under which the scheme insures the employees), or where the Group contributes to insurance schemes for employees, the 
Group pays an annual fee to a service provider, and accordingly the Group expenses such payments as incurred.  

Termination benefits  
Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility of 
withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before normal retirement date, or to provide termination 
benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.  

76 

  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

xvii) Foreign currency 

A majority of the revenue of the Group is generated in US Dollars. The Group’s management has determined that the US 
Dollar is the primary currency of the economic environment in which the Company and its subsidiaries (with the exception of 
the Group’s subsidiaries in Sweden and Canada) principally operate. Thus the functional currency of the Company and its 
subsidiaries (other than the Swedish and Canadian subsidiaries) is the US Dollar. The functional currency of the Swedish 
subsidiary is the Swedish Kroner, and the currency of the Canadian subsidiary is the Canadian Dollar. The presentation 
currency of the Company and Group is the US Dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains and losses are included in the statement 
of operations. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.  
Results and cash flows of subsidiary undertakings, which have a functional currency other than the US Dollar, are translated 
into US Dollars at average exchange rates for the year, and the related balance sheets have been translated at the rates of 
exchange ruling on the balance sheet date. Any exchange differences arising from the translations are recognised in the 
currency translation reserve via the statement of changes in equity.  
Where Euro or Sterling amounts have been referenced in this document, their corresponding US Dollar equivalent has also 
been included and these equivalents have been calculated with reference to the foreign exchange rates prevailing at 
December 31, 2013.  

xviii) Derivative financial instruments

The activities of the Group expose it primarily to changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The Group uses 
derivative financial instruments, when necessary, such as forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge these exposures.  
The Group enters into forward contracts to sell US Dollars forward for Euro. The principal exchange risk identified by the 
Group is with respect to fluctuations in the Euro as a substantial portion of its expenses are denominated in Euro but its 
revenues are primarily denominated in US Dollars. Trinity Biotech monitors its exposure to foreign currency movements and 
may use these forward contracts as cash flow hedging instruments whose objective is to cover a portion of this Euro expense.  
At the inception of a hedging transaction entailing the use of derivatives, the Group documents the relationship between the 
hedged item and the hedging instrument together with its risk management objective and the strategy underlying the proposed 
transaction. The Group also documents its quarterly assessment of the effectiveness of the hedge in offsetting movements in 
the cash flows of the hedged items.  
Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value. Where derivatives do not fulfil the criteria for hedge accounting, 
they are classified as held-for-trading and changes in fair values are reported in the statement of operations. The fair value of 
forward exchange contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity 
profiles and equates to the current market price at the balance sheet date.  
The portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument that is deemed to be an effective cash flow hedge is recognised directly 
in the hedging reserve in equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in the statement of operations. As the forward 
contracts are exercised the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in the hedging reserve is transferred to the statement of 
operations and reflected in the same line as the hedged item.  

xix)

Segment reporting 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-
maker. The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 
operating segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors.  

xx)

Tax (current and deferred) 

Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the statement of 
operations except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.  

77 

  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Current tax represents the expected tax payable (or recoverable) on the taxable profit for the year using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and taking into account any adjustments stemming from prior years.  
Deferred tax is provided on the basis of the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date 
which is defined as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial 
statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not subject to discounting and are measured at the tax rates that are 
anticipated to apply in the period in which the asset is realised or the liability is settled based on tax rates and tax laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are recognised when it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available to utilize the associated losses or temporary differences. The amount of deferred tax 
provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities.  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences (that is, differences between the carrying amount 
of the asset or liability and its tax base) with the exception of the following:  
i. Where the deferred tax liability arises from goodwill not deductible for tax purposes or the initial recognition of an asset 

or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and affects neither the accounting profit nor the taxable 
profit or loss at the time of the transaction; and 

ii. Where, in respect of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiary undertakings, the timing of the 

reversal of the temporary difference is subject to control and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future. 

Where goodwill is tax deductible, a deferred tax liability is not recognised on initial recognition of goodwill. It is recognised 
subsequently for the taxable temporary difference which arises when the goodwill is amortised for tax with no corresponding 
adjustment to the carrying value of the goodwill.  
The carrying amounts of deferred tax assets are subject to review at each balance sheet date and are derecognised to the extent 
that future taxable profits are considered to be inadequate to allow all or part of any deferred tax asset to be utilised.  

xxi) Provisions 

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.  

xxii) Cost of sales 

Cost of sales comprises product cost including manufacturing and payroll costs, quality control, shipping, handling, and 
packaging costs and the cost of services provided.  

xxiii) Finance income and costs 

Financing expenses comprise interest costs payable on leases. Interest payable on finance leases is allocated to each period 
during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Financing 
expenses also includes the financing element of long term liabilities which have been discounted.  
Finance income includes interest income on deposits and is recognised in the statement of operations as it accrues, using the 
effective interest method. Finance income also includes interest on the deferred consideration due to the Group as part of the 
divestiture of the Coagulation product line in 2010.  

xxiv) Warrant reserve 

The Group calculates the fair value of warrants at the date of issue taking the amount directly to equity. The fair value is 
calculated using a recognised valuation methodology for the valuation of financial instruments (that is, the trinomial model). 
The fair value which is assessed at the grant date is calculated on the basis of the contractual term of the warrants.  

78 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

1.

BASIS OF PREPARATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

xxv) Treasury shares 

Own equity instruments that are reacquired (treasury shares) are recognised at cost and deducted from equity. No gain or loss is 
recognised in the statement of operations on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. 
Any difference between the carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognised in share premium. Voting rights 
related to treasury shares are nullified for the Group and no dividends are allocated to them.  

xxvi) Fair values 

For financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which 
inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its 
entirety, which are described as follows:  
Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities  
Level 2: valuation techniques for which the lowest level of inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are 
observable, either directly or indirectly  
Level 3: valuation techniques for which the lowest level of inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are 
not based on observable market data  

xxvii) New IFRS Standards and Interpretations not applied 

The IASB and IFRIC have issued additional standards and interpretations which are effective for periods starting after 
January 1, 2013, all of which have not yet been adopted by the EU. The following standards and interpretations have yet to be 
adopted by the Group:  

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS/IAS)
IAS 16 
IAS 19 
IAS 24 
IAS 27 
IAS 32 
IAS 36 
IAS 38 
IAS 39 

   Property, Plant and Equipment (Amendment)
   Employee Benefits (Amendment)
   Related Party Disclosures (Amendment)
   Separate Financial Statements (Amendment)
   Financial Instruments: Presentation (Amendment)
   Impairment of Assets (Amendment)
   Intangible Assets (Amendment)
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement 
(Amendment)
   Investment Property (Amendment)

   Effective date
   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
  January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
  January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)

IAS 40 
IFRIC 21     Levies
IFRS 2 
IFRS 3 
IFRS 8 
IFRS 9 

   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
  July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
  July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
January 1, 2018 (not yet adopted by the EU)

   Share Based Payments (Amendment)
   Business Combinations (Amendment)
   Operating Segments (Amendment)
Financial Instruments – Classification and 
Measurement
   Consolidated Financial Statements (Amendment)
   January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities (Amendment)    January 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
   Fair Value Measurement (Amendment)
   Regulatory Deferral Accounts

IFRS 10 
IFRS 12 
IFRS 13 
IFRS 14 
The Group does not anticipate that the adoption of these standards and interpretations will have a material effect on its financial
statements on initial adoption.  
The Group has adopted the following standards and amendments during the year:  
•
•
•
•
The application of the above standards did not result in material changes in the Group’s consolidated accounts.  

  IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendment) 
  IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Amendment)  
  IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements  
  IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement  

   July 1, 2014 (not yet adopted by the EU)
  January 1, 2016 (not yet adopted by the EU)

79 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

2.

SEGMENT INFORMATION 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-
maker. The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the 
operating segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors. Management has determined the operating segments based 
on the reports reviewed by the Board of Directors, which are used to make strategic decisions. The Board considers the 
business from a geographic perspective based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure. Sales of product 
between companies in the Group are made on commercial terms which reflect the nature of the relationship between the 
relevant companies. Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that 
can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise interest-bearing loans, borrowings and expenses and 
corporate expenses. Segment capital expenditure is the total cost during the year to acquire segment plant, property and 
equipment and intangible assets that are expected to be used for more than one period, whether acquired on acquisition of a 
business combination or through acquisitions as part of the current operations.  
The Group comprises two main geographical segments (i) the Americas and (ii) Rest of World. The Group’s geographical 
segments are determined by the location of the Group’s assets and operations. The Group has also presented a geographical 
analysis of the segmental data for Ireland as is consistent with the information used by the Board of Directors.  
The reportable operating segments derive their revenue primarily from one source (i.e. the market for diagnostic tests for a 
range of diseases and other medical conditions). In determining the nature of its segmentation, the Group has considered the 
nature of the products, their risks and rewards, the nature of the production base, the customer base and the nature of the 
regulatory environment. The Group acquires, manufactures and markets a range of diagnostic products. The Group’s products 
are sold to a similar customer base and the main body whose regulation the Group’s products must comply with is the Food 
and Drug Administration (“FDA”) in the US.  
The following presents revenue and profit information and certain asset and liability information regarding the Group’s 
geographical segments.  

i)

The distribution of revenue by geographical area based on location of assets was as follows: 

Rest of World Other revenue from external customers commenced in 2013 following the acquisition of the blood bank 
screening business located in the UK.  

Rest of World

Revenue
Year ended December 31, 2013
Revenue from external customers
Inter-segment revenue 
Total revenue 

Year ended December 31, 2012
Revenue from external customers
Inter-segment revenue 
Total revenue 

Year ended December 31, 2011
Revenue from external customers
Inter-segment revenue 
Total revenue 

Other

Ireland     

   Americas     
   US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000     
1,921    
10,996    
12,917    

40,616    
7,525    
48,141    

48,679    
35,474    
84,153    

     Eliminations  

US$’000

—      
(53,995)  
(53,995)  

Total
US$‘000  
 91,216  
  —    
 91,216  

Rest of World

Other

Ireland     

   Americas     
   US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000     
—      
   42,029     40,481    
5,558    
   32,466    
7,655    
5,558    
   74,495     48,136    

     Eliminations  
US$’000  

Total
  US$‘000  
 82,510  
  —    
 82,510  

—      
(45,679)  
(45,679)  

Rest of World

Other

Ireland     

   Americas     
   US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000     
—      
   40,226     37,722    
—      
   26,169    
7,856    
—      
   66,395     45,578    

     Eliminations  
US$’000  

Total
  US$‘000  
 77,948  
  —    
 77,948  

—      
(34,025)  
(34,025)  

80 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

2.

ii)

SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED) 

The distribution of revenue by customers’ geographical area was as follows: 

Revenue
Americas 
Europe (including Ireland) *
Asia / Africa 

December 31, 2013     

December 31, 2012     

US$‘000

US$‘000

December 31, 2011  
US$‘000

54,761    
12,394    
24,061    
91,216    

49,638    
10,214    
22,658    
82,510    

51,352  
9,423  
17,173  
77,948  

* Revenue for customers in Ireland is not disclosed separately due to the immateriality of these revenues. 

iii)

The distribution of revenue by major product group was as follows: 

Revenue
Clinical laboratory 
Point-of-Care 

December 31, 2013     

December 31, 2012     

US$‘000

US$‘000

December 31, 2011  
US$‘000

71,462    
19,754    
91,216    

63,356    
19,154    
82,510    

61,386  
16,562  
77,948  

iv)

The distribution of segment results by geographical area was as follows: 

Year ended December 31, 2013
Result 
Unallocated expenses * 
Operating profit 
Net financing income (Note 3) 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense (Note 8) 
Profit for the year 

Year ended December 31, 2012
Result 
Unallocated expenses * 
Operating profit 
Net financing income (Note 3) 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense (Note 8) 
Profit for the year 

Rest of World

Americas     
US$‘000

5,730    

Ireland     
US$‘000     
5,014    

Other
US$‘000  

(968)  

Rest of World

Americas     
US$‘000     
6,299    

Ireland     
US$‘000     
11,739    

Other
US$‘000  

(39)  

Total
US$‘000
  9,776  
(781) 
  8,995  
  1,225  
 10,220  
(574) 
  9,646  

Total
US$‘000  
 17,999  
(833) 
 17,166  
  2,192  
 19,358  
  (2,017) 
 17,341  

81 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

2.

SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED) 

Year ended December 31, 2011
Result 
Unallocated expenses * 
Operating profit 
Net financing income (Note 3) 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense (Note 8) 
Profit for the year 

Rest of World

Americas     
US$‘000     
5,840    

Ireland     
US$‘000     
10,922    

Other
US$‘000  

(80)  

Total
US$‘000  
 16,682  
(898) 
 15,784  
  2,416  
 18,200  
  (2,607) 
 15,593  

* Unallocated expenses represent head office general and administration costs of the Group which cannot be allocated to the 

results of any specific geographical area. 

v)

The distribution of segment assets and segment liabilities by geographical area was as follows: 

As at December 31, 2013
Assets and liabilities 
Segment assets 
Unallocated assets: 
Income tax assets (current and deferred) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets as reported in the Group balance sheet 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities: 
Income tax liabilities (current and deferred) 
Total liabilities as reported in the Group balance sheet 

As at December 31, 2012
Assets and liabilities 
Segment assets 
Unallocated assets: 
Income tax assets (current and deferred) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets as reported in the Group balance sheet 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities: 
Income tax liabilities (current and deferred) 
Total liabilities as reported in the Group balance sheet 

82 

Rest of World
   Americas     
Ireland      Other
   US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000  

Total

   92,470     83,044      21,124      196,638  

     7,531  
     22,317  
    226,486  
8,598     10,762       5,442       24,802  

     18,673  
     43,475  

Rest of World
   Americas     
Ireland      Other
   US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000      US$‘000  

Total

   46,434     55,346      16,271      118,051  

     4,409  
     74,947  
    197,407  
6,332       5,459       16,192  

4,401    

     11,835  
     28,027  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

2.

vi)

SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED) 

The distribution of long-lived assets, which are property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets and other non-
current assets (excluding deferred tax assets), by geographical area was as follows: 

Rest of World – Ireland
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

59,160    
18,458    
65,082    
142,700    

38,996  
16,049  
27,792  
82,837  

vii)

The distribution of depreciation and amortisation by geographical area was as follows: 

Depreciation: 
Rest of World – Ireland 
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

Amortisation: 
Rest of World – Ireland 
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

447    
95    
1,316    
1,858    

1,272    
—      
630    
1,902    

408    
32    
1,023    
1,463    

1,174    
—      
308    
1,482    

325  
—    
841  
1,166  

1,258  
—    
169  
1,427  

viii) The distribution of share-based payment expense by geographical area was as follows: 

Rest of World – Ireland 
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000

1,791    
20    
203    
2,014    

1,482    
—      
231    
1,713    

1,099  
—    
170  
1,269  

See Note 18 for further information on share-based payments.  

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

2.

ix)

SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED) 

The distribution of interest income and interest expense by geographical area was as follows: 

Interest Income 
Year ended December 31, 2013 
Interest Income Earned 
Inter-segment Interest Income 
Total 

Interest Expense 
Year ended December 31, 2013 
Interest Expense 
Interest on Deferred Consideration
Inter-segment Interest Expense 
Total 

Interest Income 
Year ended December 31, 2012 
Interest Income Earned 
Interest on Deferred Consideration
Inter-segment Interest Income 
Total 

Interest Expense 
Year ended December 31, 2012 
Interest Expense 
Interest on Deferred Consideration
Inter-segment Interest Expense 
Total 

Interest Income 
Year ended December 31, 2011 
Interest Income Earned 
Interest on Deferred Consideration
Inter-segment Interest Income 
Total 

Interest Expense 
Year ended December 31, 2011 
Interest Expense 
Inter-segment Interest Expense 
Total 

Rest of World

Americas
US$‘000

Ireland
US$‘000

2    
—      
2    

—      
—      
—      

Other

US$‘000   
1,274    
3,930    
5,204    

Eliminations 
US$’000

—      
(3,930)  
(3,930)  

Total
US$‘000
  1,276  
  —    
  1,276  

Rest of World

Americas
US$‘000

Ireland
US$‘000

—      
—      
3,930    
3,930    

—      
—      
—      
—      

Other

US$‘000   
—      
51    
—      
51    

Eliminations 
US$’000

—      
—      
(3,930)  
(3,930)  

Total
US$‘000
  —    
51  
  —    
51  

Total
US$‘000  
  2,168  
112  
  —    
  2,280  

Total
US$‘000  
3  
85  
  —    
88  

Total
US$‘000  
  1,983  
445  
  —    
  2,428  

Eliminations 
US$’000

—      
—      
(3,270)  
(3,270)  

Eliminations 
US$’000

—      
—      
(3,270)  
(3,270)  

Eliminations 
US$’000

—      
—      
(2,040)  
(2,040)  

Eliminations 
US$’000

—      
(2,040)  
(2,040)  

Total
US$‘000  
12  
  —    
12  

Rest of World

Ireland
US$‘000     
2    
87    
—      
89    

Other

US$‘000     
2,166    
—      
3,270    
5,436    

Rest of World

Ireland
US$‘000     
2    
—      
—      
2    

Other

US$‘000     
—      
85    
—      
85    

Rest of World

Ireland
US$‘000     
326    
346    
—      
672    

Other

US$‘000     
1,657    
—      
2,040    
3,697    

Rest of World

Ireland
US$‘000     
10    
—      
10    

Other

US$‘000     
—      
—      
—      

Americas
US$‘000     
—      
25    
—      
25    

Americas
US$‘000     
1    
—      
3,270    
3,271    

Americas
US$‘000     
—      
99    
—      
99    

Americas
US$‘000     
2    
2,040    
2,042    

84 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

2.

x)

xi)

xii)

SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED) 

The distribution of taxation expense by geographical area was as follows: 

Rest of World – Ireland 
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

(22)  
18    
(570)  
(574)  

(880)  
(80)  
(1,057)  
(2,017)  

(1,295) 
(10) 
(1,302) 
(2,607) 

During 2013, 2012 and 2011 there were no customers generating 10% or more of total revenues. 

The distribution of capital expenditure by geographical area was as follows: 

Rest of World – Ireland
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

3.

FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

15,790    
8,493    
38,892    
63,175    

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

10,140  
16,006  
5,608  
31,754  

Financial income: 
Interest income 
Other interest income 

Financial expense: 
Finance lease interest 
Other interest expense 

Net Financing Income 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

1,276  
—      
1,276    

—      
(51)  
(51)  
1,225    

2,168  
112    
2,280    

(2)  
(86)  
(88)  
2,192    

1,983  
445  
2,428  

(10) 
(2) 
(12) 
2,416  

Other interest income recognised in 2012 and 2011 is comprised of interest income relating to the deferred consideration due to 
the Company as a result of the sale of the Coagulation product line in 2010.  
Other interest expense for 2013 includes US$51,000 (2012: US$85,000) (2011: US$Nil) related to the deferred consideration 
arising as a result of the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB by the Group in 2012 (see Note 22).  

85 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

4.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME 

Rental income from premises
Other income 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

250    
282    
532    

243    
225    
468    

245  
665  
910  

Other income mainly comprises income recognised under Transitional Services Agreements (TSA) with Lab 21 Limited and 
Diagnostica Stago. As part of the acquisition of the blood bank screening business in July 2013 from Lab 21 Limited, the 
Group entered into a TSA. The services provided by the Group to Lab 21 under the TSA comprise of mainly facilities and 
information technology. As part of the divestiture of the Coagulation product line in April 2010, the Group entered into a TSA. 
The services provided by the Group to Stago under the TSA comprise canteen services. This income has not been treated as 
revenue since the TSA activities are incidental to the main revenue-generating activities of the Group.  

5.

PROFIT BEFORE TAX 
The following amounts were charged / (credited) to the statement of operations:  

Directors’ emoluments (including 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

non-executive directors):

Remuneration 
Pension 
Share based payments
Other 

Auditors’ remuneration 
Audit fees 
Non audit fees 
Depreciation – leased assets*
Depreciation – owned assets*
Amortisation 
Loss on the disposal of property, 

plant and equipment 

Net foreign exchange differences
Restructuring costs 
Operating lease rentals: 

Land and buildings 
Other equipment 

2,155    
60    
2,008    
—      

586    
123    
14    
1,674    
1,902    

—      
224    
690    

2,980    
6    

1,812    
270    
1,499    
—      

506    
99    
12    
1,337    
1,482    

5    
(41) 
—      

2,447    
9    

2,086  
111  
786  
14  

510  
31  
13  
1,153  
1,427  

—    
(69) 
—    

2,654  
19  

*

Note that US$170,000 of depreciation was charged to research and development projects during 2013 in line with the Group’s 
capitalisation policy for Intangible projects. 

86 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

6.

PERSONNEL EXPENSES 

Wages and salaries 
Social welfare costs 
Pension costs 
Share-based payments 
Restructuring costs 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

22,504    
2,162    
704    
2,014    
690    
28,074    

19,066    
1,842    
669    
1,713    
—      
23,290    

18,470  
1,718  
658  
1,269  
—    
22,115  

Personnel expenses are shown net of capitalisations. Total personnel expenses, inclusive of amounts capitalised for wages and 
salaries, social welfare costs and pension costs, for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to US$37,455,000 (2012: 
US$29,181,000) (2011: US$25,304,000). Total share based payments, inclusive of amounts capitalised in the balance sheet, 
amounted to US$3,303,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012: US$2,640,000) (2011: US$1,547,000). See Note 18. 

Restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to US$690,000 (2012: US$Nil) (2011: US$Nil) and relate 
to UK operations.  
The average number of persons employed by the Group in the financial year was 496 (2012: 385) (2011: 357) and is analysed 
into the following categories:  

Research and development 
Administration and sales 
Manufacturing and quality 

7.

PENSION SCHEMES 

December 31,
2013

December 31, 
2012

95    
274    
127    
496    

57    
110    
218    
385    

December 31, 
2011 

47  
102  
208  
357  

The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for certain of its full time employees. The benefits under these 
schemes are financed by both Group and employee contributions. Total contributions made by the Group in the financial year 
and charged against income amounted to US$711,000 (2012: US$837,000) (2011: US$658,000) (Note 6). The pension accrual 
for the Group at December 31, 2013 was US$333,000 (2012: US$213,000), (2011: US$184,000).  

87 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

8.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE 

(a) The charge for tax based on the profit comprises: 

Current tax expense 
Irish Corporation tax 
Foreign taxes (a) 
Adjustment in respect of prior years    
Total current tax expense 
Deferred tax expense (b) 
Origination and reversal of 

temporary differences (see 
Note 12) 

Origination and reversal of net 

operating losses (see Note 12)

Total deferred tax expense
Total income tax charge in statement 

of operations 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

(400)  
252    
(27)  
(175)  

3,235    

(2,486)  
749    

574    

316    
176    
(154)  
338    

2,599    

(920)  
1,679    

2,017    

984  
431  
(13) 
1,402  

1,293  

(88) 
1,205  

2,607  

(a) The foreign taxes relate primarily to USA, Canada and Luxembourg. 
(b)

In 2013 there was a deferred tax charge of US$393,000 (2012: US$561,000; 2011: US$326,000) recognised in respect of 
Ireland and a deferred tax charge of US$356,000 (2012: US$1,118,000; 2011: US$879,000) recognised in respect of 
overseas tax jurisdictions. 

Effective tax rate
Profit before taxation 
As a percentage of profit before 

tax: 

Current tax 
Total (current and 
deferred) 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

10,220  

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

19,358  

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

18,200  

(1.72%) 

5.61%   

88 

1.75% 

10.42%  

7.70% 

14.32% 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

8.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (CONTINUED) 

The following table reconciles the applicable Republic of Ireland statutory tax rate to the effective total tax rate for the Group:  

Irish corporation tax 
Effect of tax rates on overseas earnings(a)   
Effect of current year net operating losses 
and temporary differences for which no 
deferred tax asset was recognised(b) 
Effect of Irish income taxable at higher tax 

rate 

R&D tax credits 
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Other items(c) 
Effective tax rate 

December 31, 2013  

December 31, 2012  

December 31, 2011  

12.50%   
(5.10%)  

5.13%   

0.12%   
(4.03%)  
(0.27%)  
(2.74%)  
5.61%   

12.50%   
(0.66%)  

0.82%   

0.13%   
(0.17%)  
(0.80%)  
(1.40%)  
10.42%   

12.50% 
1.69% 

(0.98%) 

0.35% 
(0.12%) 
(0.36%) 
1.24% 
14.32% 

(a) Taxes incurred in foreign jurisdictions had the impact of reducing the overall effective rate of taxation in both 2013 and 

2012. This is a result of a higher proportion of the Group’s income being earned in lower tax rate jurisdictions. 

(b) The effect of current year net operating losses and temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognised 
is analyzed further in the table below (see also Note 12). No deferred tax asset was recognised because there was no 
reversing deferred tax liability in the same jurisdiction reversing in the same period and no future taxable income in the 
same jurisdiction. 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Temporary differences arising in USA 
Net operating losses arising in Brazil 
Net operating losses arising in UK 
Net operating losses arising in Sweden 
Net operating losses arising in Canada 

Effect in
2013 
US$’000    
8    
208    
73    
235    
—      
524    

Percentage
effect in
2013

Effect in
2012 
US$’000 

0.08%   
2.04%   
0.71%   
2.30%   
0.00% 
5.13%  

26    
52    
—      
90    
(11)  
157    

Percentage
effect in 
2012

0.13% 
0.27% 

  —    

0.47% 
(0.05%) 
0.82% 

(c) Other items comprise items not chargeable to tax/expenses not deductible for tax. 

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity  

Relating to forward contracts as 

hedged instruments 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

—     
—     

89 

1   
1   

(1) 
(1) 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

8.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (CONTINUED) 

a.

The distribution of profit before taxes by geographical area was as follows: 

Rest of World – Ireland 
Rest of World – Other 
Americas 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

4,233    
4,185    
1,802    
10,220    

10,992    
5,313    
3,053    
19,358    

10,686  
3,617  
3,897  
18,200  

b. At December 31, 2013, the Group had unutilised net operating losses as follows: 

USA 
Ireland 
Brazil 
UK 
Sweden 
Canada 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

9,795    
8,073    
768    
317    
1,249    
—      
20,202    

5,444    
—      
156    
—      
347    
—      
5,947    

2,634  
—    
—    
—    
—    
36  
2,670  

In the USA, the utilisation of net operating loss carryforwards is limited to future profits in the USA. The net operating losses 
for USA have a maximum carryforward of 20 years. In respect of the USA, US$1,004,000 will expire by December 31, 2026, 
US$1,120,000 will expire by December 31, 2027, US$907,000 will expire by December 31, 2031, US$2,408,000 will expire 
by December 31, 2032 and US$4,356,000 will expire by December 31, 2033.  
At December 31, 2013, the Group had unrecognised deferred tax assets in respect of unused tax losses and unused tax credits 
as follows:  

USA – unused tax credits 
Brazil – unused tax losses 
Sweden – unused tax losses
UK – unused tax losses 
Canada – unused tax losses
Unrecognised Deferred Tax Asset 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012
US$‘000

December 31, 2011 
US$‘000 

381    
261    
325    
73    
—      
1,040    

373    
52    
90    
—      
—      
515    

347  
—    
—    
—    
11  
358  

The accounting policy for deferred tax is to calculate the deferred tax asset that is deemed recoverable, considering all sources 
for future taxable profits. The deferred tax assets in the above table have not been recognised due to uncertainty regarding the 
full utilization of these losses in the related tax jurisdiction in future periods. Only when it is probable that future profits will be 
available to utilize the forward losses or temporary differences is a deferred tax asset recognised. When there is a reversing 
deferred tax liability in that jurisdiction that reverses in the same period, the deferred tax asset is restricted so that it equals the 
reversing deferred tax liability.  
The Group has US state credit carryforwards of US$381,000 at December 31, 2013 (2012: US$373,000; 2011: US$347,000). 
A deferred tax asset of US$381,000 (2012: US$373,000; 2011: US$347,000) in respect of US state credit carryforwards was 
not recognised in 2013 due to uncertainties regarding future full utilisation of these state credit carryforwards in the related tax 
jurisdiction in future periods.  

90 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

9.

EARNINGS PER SHARE 
Basic earnings per ordinary share  
Basic earnings per ordinary share for the Group is computed by dividing the profit after taxation of US$9,646,000 (2012: 
US$17,341,000) (2011: US$15,593,000) for the financial year by the weighted average number of ‘A’ ordinary shares and ‘B’ 
ordinary shares in issue. As at December 31, 2013, this amounted to 87,746,588 shares (2012: 85,675,284 shares) (2011: 
85,171,494 shares). As at December 31, 2011, 1,400,000 of the total weighted average shares used as the EPS denominator 
related to the 700,000 ‘B’ ordinary shares which were in issue at that time. At an EGM held in September 2012, it was resolved 
that the ‘B’ ordinary shares would be converted to ‘A’ ordinary Shares (see below). Prior to this conversion, the ‘B’ ordinary 
shares were treated the same as ‘A’ ordinary shares except for the fact that they had two voting rights per share, rights to 
participate in any liquidation or sale of the Group and to receive dividends as if each Class ‘B’ ordinary share were two Class 
‘A’ ordinary shares. Hence the earnings per share for a ‘B’ ordinary share was exactly twice the earnings per share of an ‘A’ 
ordinary share.  

‘A’ ordinary shares 
‘B’ ordinary shares (multiplied by 2) 
Basic earnings per share denominator 
Reconciliation to weighted average earnings per share 

denominator: 

Number of A ordinary shares at January 1 (Note 17)
Number of B ordinary shares at December 31 (multiplied by 2)*
Weighted average number of shares issued during the year**
Basic earnings per share denominator 

December 31,
2013

December 31, 
2012
  87,746,588     85,675,284     83,771,494  
—        1,400,000  
87,746,588   85,675,284     85,171,494  

December 31, 
2011

—      

—      
  (1,247,481)  

88,994,069   85,321,081     84,116,865  
—        1,400,000  
(345,371) 
87,746,588   85,675,284     85,171,494  

354,203     

*

At an Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company, held in September 2012, two resolutions were ratified by the 
shareholders which allowed for the conversion of the existing ‘B’ ordinary shares into ‘A’ ordinary shares. This 
conversion took place at an effective rate of 1 ‘B’ ordinary share : 1.7 ‘A’ ordinary shares. These resolutions also granted 
the cancellation of ‘B’ ordinary shares subsequent to the aforementioned conversion. 

** The weighted average number of shares issued during the year is calculated by taking the number of shares issued 
multiplied by the number of days in the year each share is in issue, divided by 365 days. In 2012, this includes the 
700,000 ‘B’ ordinary shares (equivalent to 1,400,000 ‘A’ ordinary shares) up to the date of their conversion into ‘A’ 
ordinary shares on the 27 September 2012. Following on from the ‘B’ share conversion, 1,190,000 ‘A’ ordinary shares 
were included in their place. In 2012 and 2011, the weighted average number has been impacted by the Company’s 
repurchase of its own shares(see Note 17). There were no repurchases of treasury shares in 2013. 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share is computed by dividing the profit after tax of US$9,646,000 (2012: US$17,341,000) 
(2011: US$15,593,000) for the financial year by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue of 93,712,698 
(2012: 89,773,616) (2011: 88,912,596).  
The basic weighted average number of shares for the Group may be reconciled to the number used in the diluted earnings per 
ordinary share calculation as follows:  

Basic earnings per share denominator (see above)
Issuable on exercise of options and warrants 
Diluted earnings per share denominator 

91 

December 31,
2013

87,746,588    
5,966,110    
93,712,698    

December 31, 
2012

85,675,284    
4,098,332    
89,773,616    

December 31, 
2011
 85,171,494  
  3,741,102  
 88,912,596  

  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

9.

EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED) 

Earnings per ADS  
In June 2005, Trinity Biotech adjusted its ADS ratio from 1 ADS: 1 ordinary share to 1 ADS: 4 ordinary shares. Earnings per 
ADS for all periods presented have been restated to reflect this exchange ratio.  
Basic earnings per ADS for the Group is computed by dividing the profit after taxation of US$9,646,000 (2012: 
US$17,341,000) (2011: US$15,593,000) for the financial year by the weighted average number of ADS in issue of 21,936,647 
(2012: 21,418,821); (2011: 21,292,873).  

‘A’ ordinary shares – ADS
‘B’ ordinary shares – ADS
Basic earnings per share denominator 

December 31,
2013

21,936,647    
—      
21,936,647    

December 31, 
2012

21,418,821    
—      
21,418,821    

December 31, 
2011
 20,942,873  
350,000  
 21,292,873  

Diluted earnings per ADS for the Group is computed by dividing the profit after taxation of US$9,646,000 (2012: 
US$17,341,000) (2011: US$15,593,000) for the financial year, by the diluted weighted average number of ADS in issue of 
23,428,175 (2012: 22,443,404) (2011: 22,228,149).  
The basic weighted average number of ADS shares for the Group may be reconciled to the number used in the diluted earnings 
per ADS share calculation as follows:  

Basic earnings per share denominator (see above)
Issuable on exercise of options and warrants 
Diluted earnings per share denominator 

92 

December 31,
2013

21,936,647    
1,491,528    
23,428,175    

December 31, 
2012

21,418,821    
1,024,583    
22,443,404    

December 31, 
2011
 21,292,873  
935,276  
 22,228,149  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

10.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Cost 
At January 1, 2012 
Acquisitions through business combinations 

(Note 22) 
Other additions 
Disposals / retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At December 31, 2012 
At January 1, 2013 
Acquisitions through business combinations 

(Note 22) 
Other additions 
Disposals / retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At December 31, 2013 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

losses 

At January 1, 2012 
Charge for the year 
Disposals / retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At December 31, 2012 
At January 1, 2013 
Charge for the year 
Disposals / retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At December 31, 2013 
Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2013 

Freehold land
and buildings
US$‘000

Leasehold
improvements
US$‘000

Computers,
fixtures and
fittings 
US$‘000  

Plant and 
equipment 
US$‘000   

Total
US$‘000  

2,091  

2,410  

4,761    

  15,603    

  24,865  

—      
6    
—      
—      
2,097    
2,097    

560    
—      
—      
(22)  
2,635    

(841)  
(61)  
—      
—      
(902)  
(902)  
(71)  
—      
—      
(973)  

—      
50    
—      
—      
2,460    
2,460    

42    
241    
—      
3    
2,746    

(2,030)  
(105)  
—      
—      
(2,135)  
(2,135)  
(133)  
—      
—      
(2,268)  

—      
235    
(175)  
1    
4,822    
4,822    

358    
322    
(193)  
2    
5,311    

(3,924)  
(236)  
159    
—      
(4,001)  
(4,001)  
(296)  
192    
—      
(4,105)  

43    
  2,395    
(209)  
15    
  17,847    
  17,847    

421    
  4,051    
  (1,893)  
15    
  20,441    

 (10,444)  
  (1,061)  
201    
(1)  
 (11,305)  
 (11,305)  
  (1,358)  
  1,868    
(1)  
 (10,796)  

43  
  2,686  
(384) 
16  
  27,226  
  27,226  

  1,381  
  4,614  
  (2,086) 
(2) 
  31,133  

 (17,239) 
  (1,463) 
360  
(1) 
 (18,343) 
 (18,343) 
  (1,858) 
  2,060  
(1) 
 (18,142) 

1,662    

478    

1,206    

  9,645    

  12,991  

At December 31, 2012 

1,195    

325    

821    

  6,542    

  8,883  

The annual impairment review performed at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, showed that the carrying value of the 
Group’s assets did not exceed the amount that could be recovered through their use or sale and, on that basis, there was no 
impairment in 2013 or 2012.  

93 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

10.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED) 

Assets held under operating leases (where the Company is the lessor)  
Included in the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment are a number of assets included in plant and equipment 
which generate operating lease revenue for the Group. The net book value of these assets as at December 31, 2013 is 
US$749,000 (2012: US$525,000). Depreciation charged on these assets in 2013 amounted to US$347,000 (2011: 
US$239,000).  
Included in disposals/retirements in 2013 is US$26,000 (2012: US$18,000) relating to the net book value of leased instruments 
reclassified as inventory on return from customers.  

Assets held under finance leases  
Included in the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment is an amount for capitalised leased assets of US$98,000 
(2012: US$114,000). The leased equipment secures the lease obligations. The depreciation charge in respect of capitalised 
leased assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 was US$14,000 (2012: US$12,000). This is split as follows:  

At December 31, 2013
Depreciation charge 
Carrying value 
At December 31, 2013 

At December 31, 2012
Depreciation charge 
Carrying value 
At December 31, 2012 

Leasehold
improvements
US$‘000

—      

—      

Leasehold
improvements
US$‘000

—      

—      

Computers,
fixtures and
fittings 
US$‘000     
—      

Plant and 
equipment 
US$‘000      
14    

Total
US$‘000  
14  

—      

98    

98  

Computers,
fixtures and
fittings 
US$‘000     
—      

Plant and 
equipment 
US$‘000      
12    

Total
US$‘000  
12  

—      

114    

114  

Property, plant and equipment under construction  
Included in plant and equipment at December 31, 2013 is an amount of US$3,044,000 (2012: US$728,000) relating to assets in 
the course of construction.  

94 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

11. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Cost 
At January 1, 2012 
Acquisitions through business combinations (Note 22)   
Other additions 
Disposals / retirements 
Exchange Adjustments 
At December 31, 2012 
At January 1, 2013 
Acquisitions through business combinations (Note 22)   
Other additions 
Exchange Adjustments 
At December 31, 2013 
Accumulated amortisation and Impairment losses 
At January 1, 2012 
Charge for the year 
Disposals / retirements 
At December 31, 2012 
At January 1, 2013 
Charge for the year 
At December 31, 2013 
Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2013 

Goodwill
US$‘000

Development
costs 
US$‘000

Patents and 
licences 
US$‘000  

Other 
US$‘000   

Total
US$‘000

49,055    
7,061    
—      
—      
57    
56,173    
56,173    
26,428    
—      
76    
82,677    

(29,426)  
—      
—      
(29,426)  
(29,426)  
—    
(29,426)  

34,660    
4,348    
13,029    
—      
35    
52,072    
52,072    
—      
18,390    
—      
70,462    

(18,030)  
(338)  
—      
(18,368)  
(18,368)  
(446) 
(18,814)  

6,426    
4,130    
307    
—      
21    
10,884    
10,884    
—      
—      
61    
10,945    

(5,918)  
(58)  
—      
(5,976)  
(5,976)  
(93)  
(6,069)  

  20,637    
  —      
150    
(2)  
  —      
  20,785    
  20,785    
  12,339    
109    
  —      
  33,233    

 (12,014)  
  (1,086)  
2    
 (13,098)  
 (13,098)  
  (1,363)  
 (14,461)  

 110,778  
  15,539  
  13,486  
(2) 
113  
 139,914  
 139,914  
  38,767  
  18,499  
137  
 197,317  

  (65,388) 
  (1,482) 
2  
  (66,868) 
  (66,868) 
  (1,902) 
  (68,770) 

53,251    

51,648    

4,876    

  18,772    

 128,547  

At December 31, 2012 

26,747    

33,704    

4,908    

  7,687    

  73,046  

Included within development costs are costs of US$26,264,000 which were not amortised in 2013 (2012: US$17,322,000). 
These development costs are not being amortised as the projects to which the costs relate were not fully complete at 
December 31, 2013 or at December 31, 2012. As at December 31, 2013 these projects are expected to be completed during the 
period from February 1, 2014 to December 31, 2015 at an expected further cost of approximately US$19,360,000.  

95 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

11. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

The following represents the costs incurred during each period presented for each of the principal development projects:  

Product Name
Troponin I assay and reader¹
Premier Instrument for Haemoglobin A1c testing²
Brain Natriuretic Peptide (BNP) assay 
Syphilis Rapid Point-of-Care test
Genesys/Resolution column enhancement 
C. Difficile Rapid Point-of-Care test 
H Pylori Rapid Point-of-Care test 
Tristat Point-of-Care instrument
Unigold Recombigen HIV Rapid enhancement 
IgM Captia 
Strep pneumonia Rapid Point-of-Care test 
US Striped Lyme 
Liquid Clinical Chemistry 
Anti-nuclear Antibodies HEp-2 IFA 
Uni-Gold antigen improvement
Dengue fever assay 
Cryptosporidium Rapid Point-of-Care test 
HIV Ag-Ab rapid test 
Giardia Rapid Point-of-Care test
Other projects with spend less than US$100,000 
Total capitalized development costs 
The Troponin I assay and reader project commenced in 2012 following the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB in 
February 2012 (see Note 22). The amount of US$7,200,000 incurred in 2013 represents the costs incurred on this project 
during the year and, as the project is not yet complete, no amortisation has been charged to date. 
The Premier project entails the development of a High Performance Liquid Chromotography (HPLC) instrument for 
testing haemoglobin A1c (HbA1c). Several versions of the instrument are being developed including an Ion Exchange 
version. At December 31, 2013 this project had a total carrying amount of $14,637,000. Amortisation will occur over a 15 
year period, commencing on commercialization of each version of the instrument. 

2013 
US$’000     
  7,200    
  3,861    
  1,204    
859    
685    
580    
499    
481    
463    
363    
342    
230    
230    
224    
166    
151    
138    
121    
120    
473    
 18,390    

2012 
US$’000  
  5,048  
  3,854  
  —    
750  
  —    
700  
146  
440  
354  
96  
339  
12  
190  
  —    
  —    
  —    
376  
150  
342  
232  
 13,029  

1.

2.

All of the development projects for which costs have been capitalized are judged to be technically feasible, commercially 
viable and likely to produce future economic benefits. In reaching this conclusion, many factors have been considered 
including the following:  
(a) The Group only develops products within its field of expertise. The R&D team is experienced in developing new products 
in this field and this experience means that only products which have a high probability of technical success are put 
forward for consideration as potential new products. 

96 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

11. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

(b) A technical feasibility study is undertaken in advance of every project. The feasibility study for each project is reviewed 
by the R&D team leader, and by other senior management depending on the size of the project. The feasibility study 
occurs in the initial research phase of the project and costs in this phase are not capitalized. 

(c) Nearly all of our new product developments involve the transfer of our existing product know-how to a new application. 

The Group does not engage in pure research. Every development project is undertaken with the intention of bringing a 
particular new product to market for which there is a known demand. 

(d) The commercial feasibility of each new product is established prior to commencement of a project by ensuring it is 

projected to achieve an acceptable income after applying appropriate discount rates. 

Other intangible assets  
Other intangible assets consist primarily of acquired customer and supplier lists, trade names, website and software costs.  

Amortisation  
Amortisation is charged to the statement of operations through the selling, general and administrative expenses line.  

Impairment testing for intangibles including goodwill and indefinite lived assets  
Goodwill and other intangibles are subject to impairment testing on an annual basis. The recoverable amount of each of the 
cash-generating units (“CGU”) is determined based on a value-in-use computation, which is the only methodology applied by 
the Group and which has been selected due to the impracticality of obtaining fair value less costs to sell measurements for each 
reporting period. For the purpose of the annual impairment tests, goodwill is allocated to the relevant CGU. The annual 
impairment analysis is based on a valuation technique involving level 3 inputs, see Note 1 (xxvi).  
The value-in-use calculations use cash flow projections based on the 2014 budget and projections for a further four years using 
projected revenue and cost growth rates of between 3% and 15%. At the end of the five year forecast period, terminal values 
for each CGU, based on a long term growth rate, are used in the value-in-use calculations. The value-in-use represents the 
present value of the future cash flows, including the terminal value, discounted at a rate appropriate to each CGU. The key 
assumptions employed in arriving at the estimates of future cash flows are subjective and include projected EBITDA, net cash 
flows, discount rates and the duration of the discounted cash flow model. The assumptions and estimates used were derived 
from a combination of internal and external factors based on historical experience. The pre-tax discount rates used range from 
13% to 25% (2012: 15% to 27%). 
The value-in-use calculation is subject to significant estimation, uncertainty and accounting judgements and is particularly 
sensitive in the following areas;  
1. In the event that there was a variation of 10% in the assumed level of future growth in revenues, which would represent a 
reasonably likely range of outcomes, the following impairment loss/write back would be recorded at December 31, 2013:  
•

  No reversal of impairment in the event of a 10% increase in the growth in revenues. 

•

  No impairment loss in the event of a 10% decrease in the growth in revenues. 

2. Similarly if there was a 10% variation in the discount rate used to calculate the potential impairment of the carrying values, 
which would represent a reasonably likely range of outcomes, there would be the following impairment loss/write back would 
be recorded at December 31, 2013:  
•

  No reversal of impairment in the event of a 10% decrease in the discount rate. 

•

  No impairment loss in the event of a 10% increase in the discount rate. 

Significant Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Useful Lives  
CGUs or combinations of CGUs for which the carrying amount of goodwill is significant for the purposes of impairment 
testing in comparison with the Group’s total carrying amount of goodwill are those where the percentage is greater than 20% of 
the total.  

97 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

11. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

The additional disclosures required for the CGU with significant goodwill are as follows:  

Carrying amount of goodwill (US$’000) 
Discount rate applied (real pre-tax)
Excess value-in-use over carrying amount 

(US$’000) 

% EBITDA would need to decrease for an 

impairment to arise 

Immco Diagnostics

Fitzgerald Industries

December 31,
2013
20,365  
19.40%  

12,748  

24.30%  

December 31,
2012

—    
—     

—     

—     

December 31, 
2013
12,592  
12.85%  

December 31,
2012
12,592  

14.90% 

25,363  

13,906  

53.90%  

38.90% 

The key assumptions and methodology used in respect of this CGU are consistent with those described above. The assumptions 
and estimates used are specific to the individual CGU and were derived from a combination of internal and external factors 
based on historical experience.  

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Useful lives 
(included in other intangibles)
Fitzgerald Industries International CGU 
Fitzgerald trade name 
RDI trade name 
Primus Corporation CGU
Primus trade name 
Immco Diagnostic CGU
Immco Diagnostic trade name 
Total 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

970    
560    

670    

3,393    
5,593    

970  
560  

670  

—    
2,200  

The trade name assets purchased as part of the acquisition of and Fitzgerald in 2004, Primus and RDI in 2005 and Immco 
Diagnostics in 2013 were valued using the relief from royalty method and based on factors such as (1) the market and 
competitive trends and (2) the expected usage of the name. It was considered that these trade names will generate net cash 
inflows for the Group for an indefinite period.  

12. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 
Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities of the Group are attributable to the following:  

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Inventories 
Provisions 
Other items 
Tax value of loss carryforwards recognised 
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) 

Assets

2013 

2012 

US$’000     
129    

US$’000     
170    
   —       —      
647    
575    
827    
1,854    
4,073    

659    
800    
1,116    
4,340    
7,044    

Liabilities

2013 
US$’000  

(806)  
(16,048) 
—      
—      
(1,049)  
—      
(17,903)  

2012 
US$’000  

(571)  
(9,516)  
—      
—      
(656)  
—      
(10,743)  

Net

2013 
US$’000  

(677)  
 (16,048)  
659    
800    
67    
  4,340    
 (10,859)  

2012 
US$’000  
(401) 
 (9,516) 
647  
575  
171  
  1,854  
 (6,670) 

98 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

12. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

The deferred tax asset in 2013 is mainly due to deductible temporary differences relating to net operating losses, share-based 
payments, inventory and the elimination of unrealised intercompany inventory profit. The deferred tax asset increased by 
US$2,971,000 in 2013 principally due to an increase in net operating losses.  
The deferred tax liability is caused by the net book value of non-current assets being greater than the tax written down value of 
non-current assets, temporary differences due to the acceleration of the recognition of certain charges in calculating taxable 
income permitted in Ireland and the USA and deferred tax recognised on fair value asset uplifts in connection with business 
combinations. The deferred tax liability increased by US$7,160,000 in 2013, principally because of the acquisition of Immco 
Diagnostics and the blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd., and increased temporary differences between the carrying 
value of assets and their asset base due to the capital expenditure incurred during 2013.  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset when the entity has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and where the intention is to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or to realise the 
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. At December 31, 2013 and at December 31, 2012 no deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are offset as it is not certain as to whether there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and it is also uncertain as to what current tax assets may be set off against current tax liabilities and in 
what periods.  

Unrecognised deferred tax assets  
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised by the Group in respect of the following items:  

Capital losses 
Net operating losses 
US state credit carryforwards

December 31, 2013     

US$’000

December 31, 2012  
US$’000

8,513    
2,334    
381    
11,228    

8,513  
503  
373  
9,389  

There was an increase of US$1,839,000 in the unrecognised deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2013. For 
comments on the uncertainty prompting less than full recognition refer to Note 8. The movement in the unrecognised deferred 
tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2013 is analysed as follows:  

Movement in Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Net operating losses Brazil
Net operating losses UK 
Net operating losses Sweden
US state credit carryforwards

Applicable
tax rate 
% 

34%  
23%  
26%  
n/a  

Increase
US$’000    
611    
317    
903    
8    
1,839    

Tax effect
US$’000  
208  
73  
235  
8  
524  

A deferred tax asset of US$381,000 (2012: US$373,000) in respect of US state credit carryforwards was not recognised due to 
uncertainties regarding the timing of the utilisation of these state credit carryforwards in the related tax jurisdiction in future 
periods.  
Deferred tax assets of US$261,000, US$325,000 and US$73,000 were not recognised in respect of net operating losses in 
Brazil, Sweden and UK respectively. The entity in Brazil was incorporated in 2012 and the entities in Sweden were acquired as 
part of the Fiomi Diagnostics acquisition in 2012. The UK entity was incorporated in 2013 and carries on the blood bank 
manufacturing business acquired in 2013. The deferred tax assets have not been recognised for Brazil, Sweden and UK due to 
uncertainty regarding the full utilization of these losses in the related tax jurisdiction in future periods. Only when it is probable 
that future profits will be available to utilize the forward losses or temporary differences is a deferred tax asset recognised.  
No deferred tax asset is recognised in respect of a capital loss forward of US$8,513,000 (2012: US$8,513,000) in Ireland as it 
is not probable that there will be future capital gains against which to offset these capital losses.  

99 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

12. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities  
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was no recognised or unrecognised deferred tax liability for taxes that would be payable 
on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries. The Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of 
the temporary differences of its subsidiaries and it is probable that these temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.  

Movement in temporary differences during the year  

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Inventories 
Provisions 
Other items 
Tax value of loss carryforwards 

recognised 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Inventories 
Provisions 
Other items 
Tax value of loss carryforwards 

recognised 

13. OTHER ASSETS 

Balance
January, 1
2013 
US$’000  

(401)  
  (9,516)  
647    
575  
171  

  1,854    
  (6,670) 

Balance
January, 1
2012 
US$’000  

(246)  
  (5,916)  
951    
296    
130    

934    
  (3,851)  

Recognised in
income
US$’000

Recognised
in goodwill  
US$’000  

Recognised 
in equity  
US$’000  
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      

—      
(3,440)  
—      
—    
—    

—      
(3,440) 

  —      
  —      

Recognised 
in equity  
US$’000  
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      
(1)  

—      
(1,139)  
—      
—      
—      

—      
(1,139)  

  —      
(1)  

Balance
December 31,
2013 
US$’000

(677) 
(16,048) 
659  
800  
67  

4,340  
(10,859) 

Balance
December 31,
2012 
US$’000

(401) 
(9,516) 
647  
575  
171  

1,854  
(6,670) 

(276)  
(3,092)  
12    
225  
(104) 

2,486    
(749) 

(155)  
(2,461)  
(304)  
279    
42    

920    
(1,679)  

Recognised in
income
US$’000

Recognised
in goodwill  
US$’000  

Finance lease receivables (see Note 15) 
Other assets 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

1,084    
78    
1,162    

832  
76  
908  

The Group leases instruments as part of its business. For details of future minimum finance lease receivables with non-
cancellable terms, please refer to Note 15.  

100 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

14.

INVENTORIES 

Raw materials and consumables 
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

8,514    
6,136    
15,020    
29,670    

6,083  
5,335  
9,339  
20,757  

All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Total inventories for the Group are shown net of 
provisions of US$4,462,000 (2012: US$5,348,000). Cost of sales in 2013 includes inventories expensed of US$46,037,000 
(2012: US$39,784,000), (2011: US$37,383,000).  
The movement on the inventory provision for the three year period to December 31, 2013 is as follows:  

Opening provision at January 1
Charged during the year 
Utilised during the year 
Released during the year 
Closing provision at December 31

December 31,
2013 
US$‘000

December 31, 
2012 
US$‘000 

December 31, 
2011 
US$‘000 

5,348    
123    
(845)  
(164)  
4,462    

5,930    
824    
(1,055)  
(351)  
5,348    

6,400  
617  
(907) 
(180) 
5,930  

During 2013 US$164,000 (2012: US$351,000), (2011: US$180,000) of inventory provision relating to net realisable value was 
released to the statement of operations following a current year review of inventory usage.  

15.

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables, net of impairment losses 
Prepayments 
Value added tax 
Finance lease receivables
Other receivables 

December 31, 2013
US$‘000

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

19,762    
3,106    
886    
514    
—      
24,268    

12,615  
1,216  
219  
391  
16  
14,457  

Trade receivables are shown net of an impairment losses provision of US$2,150,000 (2012: US$1,520,000) (see Note 25).  

101 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

15.

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED) 

Leases as lessor  
(i) Finance lease commitments – Group as lessor  
The Group leases instruments as part of its business. Future minimum finance lease receivables with non-cancellable terms are 
as follows:  

Less than one year 
Between one and five years (Note 13) 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years (Note 13) 

December 31, 2013 
US$‘000 

Gross 
investment    
839    
1,869    
2,708    

Unearned
income     
325    
785    
  1,110    

December 31, 2012 
US$‘000 

Gross 
investment    
604    
1,341    
1,945    

Unearned
income     
213    
509    
     722    

Minimum 
payments 
receivable 
514  
  1,084  
  1,598  

Minimum 
payments 
receivable 
391  
832  
  1,223  

The Group classified future minimum lease receivables between one and five years of US$1,084,000 (2012: US$832,000) as 
Other Assets, see Note 13. Under the terms of the lease arrangements, no contingent rents are receivable.  

(ii) Operating lease commitments – Group as lessor  
The Group has leased a facility consisting of 9,000 square feet in Dublin, Ireland. This property has been sub-let by the Group. 
The lease contains a clause to enable upward revision of the rent charge on a periodic basis. The Group also leases instruments 
under operating leases as part of its business.  
Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:  

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

December 31, 2013 
US$’000 

Instruments    
5,627    
1,210    
  —      
6,837    

Total
 5,859  
 1,613  
  —    
 7,472  

December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

Instruments    
4,641    
2,323    
  —      
6,964    

Total
 4,873  
 2,959  
  —    
 7,832  

Land and
buildings    
232    
403    
—      
635    

Land and
buildings    
232    
636    
—      
868    

102 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

16.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash at bank and in hand 
Short-term deposits 
Cash and cash equivalents in the statements of cash 

flows 

December 31, 2013
US$’000

December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

9,034    
13,283    

22,317    

11,482  
63,465  

74,947  

17.

CAPITAL AND RESERVES 
Share capital  

In thousands of shares
In issue at January 1 
Issued for cash 
Issued as part of acquisition consideration 
Conversion of ‘B’ shares during the year 
Bonus issue arising on ‘B’ share conversion 
In issue at December 31

In thousands of shares
In issue at January 1 
Issued for cash 
Conversion to ‘A’ shares during the year 
In issue at December 31

In thousands of shares
Balance at January 1 
Purchased during the year
Issued as part of acquisitions made during the year
Balance at December 31

Class ‘A’ 
Ordinary shares
2013

Class ‘A’ 
Ordinary shares 
2012

88,994    
3,280    
22    
—      
—      
92,296    

85,321  
2,483  
—    
700  
490  
88,994  

Class ‘B’
Ordinary shares
2013

Class ‘B’ 
Ordinary shares 
2012

—      
—      
—      
—      

700  
—    
(700) 
—    

Class ‘A’
Treasury shares
2013

Class ‘A’ 
Treasury shares 
2012

2,635    
—      
—      
2,635    

2,437  
1,829  
(1,631) 
2,635  

The Group had authorised share capital of 200,700,000 ‘A’ ordinary shares of US$0.0109 each (2012: 200,700,000 ‘A’ 
ordinary shares of US$0.0109 each) and Nil ‘B’ ordinary shares (2012: Nil ‘B’ ordinary shares of US$0.0109 each) as at 
December 31, 2013.  
(a)

During 2013, the Group issued 3,280,000 ‘A’ Ordinary shares from the exercise of warrants and employee options for a 
consideration of US$3,662,000 settled in cash. The Group incurred costs of US$32,000 in connection with the issue of 
shares. 

(b)

(c)

The Group acquired Immco Diagnostics Inc (see Note 22) during the year. As part of the purchase consideration, the 
Group issued 22,264 ‘A’ Ordinary Shares (5,566 ADS’s). 

Following shareholder approval at the 2013 AGM, the Board approved the payment of a final dividend of 20 cents per 
ADS in respect of the 2012 financial year (15 cents per ADS in respect of the 2011 financial year). As provided in the 
Articles of Association of the Company, dividends or other distributions are declared and paid in US Dollars (see Note 
26 for further information). 

103 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

17.

CAPITAL AND RESERVES (CONTINUED) 

(d)

(e)

During 2012, the Group purchased 1,829,000 ‘A’ Ordinary shares (457,000 ADS’s) ‘Treasury shares’. The total cost of 
these shares was US$5,343,000. There was no purchase of treasury shares in 2013. 

An Extraordinary General Meeting (‘EGM’) of the Company was held on 27 September 2012 and, at this meeting, it 
was approved by the shareholders that the 700,000 existing ‘B’ Ordinary Shares be redesignated as ‘A’ Ordinary Shares. 
It was further approved that a bonus issue of 490,000 ‘A’ Ordinary Shares be allocated to the existing ‘B’ Ordinary 
Shareholders on the basis of 7,000 ‘A’ Ordinary Shares per existing holding of 10,000 ‘B’ Ordinary Shares and that, 
following this, the Class ‘B’ Shareholding be cancelled. 

Prior to this EGM, the ‘B’ Ordinary Shares had two votes per share and had the right to participate in any liquidation or sale of 
the Group and to receive dividends as if each Class ‘B’ Ordinary Share were two Class ‘A’ Ordinary Shares.  

Share Premium  
Following the passing of a Special Resolution of the Company in September 2010 and the approval of a petition placed before 
the High Court of Ireland, the Company was permitted to reduce its share premium in the amount of US$160,000,000 during 
2011. This amount was, therefore, transferred to retained earnings in the 2011 financial statements.  

Currency translation reserve  
The currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign currency denominated operations of the Group since January 1, 2004.  

Warrant reserve  
The Group calculates the fair value of warrants at the date of issue taking the amount directly to a separate reserve within 
equity. The fair value is calculated using the trinomial model. The fair value which is assessed at the grant date is calculated on 
the basis of the contractual term of the warrants.  

In accordance with IFRS 2, 3,477,068 warrants with a fair value of US$4,529,000 (2012: 3,477,068 warrants with a fair value 
of US$4,529,000) have been classified as a separate reserve. There were no new warrants issued by the Group in 2013 or 2012. 

Hedging reserve  
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging 
instruments related to hedged transactions entered into but not yet crystallised.  

104 

  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

18.

SHARE OPTIONS AND SHARE WARRANTS 
Warrants  
There were no warrants granted in either 2013 or 2012.  

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Exercised 
Expired 
Outstanding at end of year

December 31, 2013
Class ‘A’ Ordinary
Shares

933,120    
(924,120) 
(9,000)  
—      

December 31, 2012 
Class ‘A’ Ordinary 
Shares 
1,321,744  
(388,624) 
—    
933,120  

Options  
Under the terms of the Company’s Employee Share Option Plans, options to purchase 9,781,409 ‘A’ Ordinary Shares were 
outstanding at December 31, 2013. Under the Plans, options are granted to officers, employees and consultants of the Group at 
the discretion of the Compensation Committee (designated by the board of directors), under the terms outlined below.  
Certain options have been granted to consultants of the Group and, where this is the case, the Group has measured the fair 
value of the services provided by these consultants by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted. This 
approach has been adopted in these cases as it is impractical for the Group to reliably estimate the fair value of such services.  
The terms and conditions of the grants are as follows, whereby all options are settled by physical delivery of shares:  

Vesting conditions  
The options vest following a period of service by the officer or employee. The required period of service is determined by the 
Compensation Committee at the date of grant of the options (usually the date of approval by the Compensation Committee) 
and it is generally over a three to four year period. There are no market conditions associated with the share option vesting 
periods.  

Contractual life  
The term of an option is determined by the Compensation Committee, provided that the term may not exceed a period of 
between seven to ten years from the date of grant. All options will terminate 90 days after termination of the option holder’s 
employment, service or consultancy with the Group (or one year after such termination because of death or disability) except 
where a longer period is approved by the Board of Directors. Under certain circumstances involving a change in control of the 
Group, the Compensation Committee may accelerate the exercisability and termination of options.  

105 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

18.

SHARE OPTIONS AND SHARE WARRANTS (CONTINUED) 

The number and weighted average exercise price of share options and warrants per ordinary share is as follows (as required by 
IFRS 2, this information relates to all grants of share options and warrants by the Group):  

Outstanding January 1, 2011
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 
Outstanding January 1, 2012
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 
Outstanding January 1, 2013
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 

Outstanding January 1, 2011
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 
Outstanding January 1, 2012
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 
Outstanding January 1, 2013
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 

Options and
warrants
‘A’ Ordinary 
Shares

10,953,671    
514,000    
(1,368,896) 
(1,076,421)  
9,022,354    
5,085,431    
9,022,354    
4,098,000  
(2,663,636) 
(30,000)  
10,426,718  
4,389,052  
10,426,718  
3,027,652  
(3,625,961)  
(47,000)  
9,781,409  
3,018,915  

Weighted-
average exercise 
price 
US$
Per ‘A’ Ordinary 
Share

1.44    
2.40    
1.16    
2.59    
1.40    
1.39    
1.40    
2.59    
1.17    
1.57    
1.93    
1.43    
1.93    
3.93    
1.44    
1.52    
2.73    
1.89    

Options and 
warrants
‘ADS’ Equivalent 

Weighted- 
average exercise 
price 
US$
Per ‘ADS’

2,738,418    
128,500    
(342,224)  
(269,105)  
2,255,589    
1,271,358    
2,255,589    
1,024,500    
(665,909)  
(7,500)  
2,606,680    
1,097,263    
2,606,680    
756,912    
(906,490)  
(11,750)  
2,445,352    
754,729    

106 

5.76    
9.60    
4.64    
10.36    
5.60    
5.56    
5.60    
10.36    
4.68    
6.28    
7.72    
5.72    
7.72    
15.71    
5.74    
6.08    
10.92    
7.56    

Range 
US$ 
Per ‘A’ Ordinary 
Share
  0.66 – 4.00  
  2.14 – 2.52  
  0.66 – 1.78  
  0.87 – 4.00  
  0.66 – 2.80  
  0.66 – 2.80  
  0.66 – 2.80  
  2.50 – 3.27  
  0.66 – 2.23  
  1.52 – 1.65  
  0.66 – 3.27  
  0.66 – 2.80  
  0.66 – 3.27  
  1.66 – 4.79  
  0.66 – 2.80  
  1.39 – 1.78  
  0.66 – 4.79  
  0.66 – 3.27  

Range 
US$ 
Per ‘ADS’
  2.63 – 16.00  
  8.56 – 10.08  
  2.63 – 7.12  
  3.48 – 16.00  
  2.63 – 11.20  
  2.63 – 11.20  
  2.63 – 11.20  
 10.00 – 13.08  
  2.63 – 8.92  
  6.08 – 6.60  
  2.63 – 13.08  
  2.63 – 11.20  
  2.63 – 13.08  
  6.64 – 19.15  
  2.63 – 11.20  
  5.54 – 7.12  
  2.63 – 19.15  
  2.63 – 13.08  

  
  
  
  
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

18.

SHARE OPTIONS AND SHARE WARRANTS (CONTINUED) 

The weighted average share price per ‘A’ Ordinary share at the date of exercise for options exercised in 2013 was: US$5.10 
($20.40 per ADS), 2012: US$3.13 per ‘A’ Ordinary share (US$12.52 per ADS) and 2011: US$2.48 per ‘A’ Ordinary share 
(US$9.92 per ADS).  
The opening share price per ‘A’ Ordinary share at the start of the financial year was US$3.64 or US$14.55 per ADS (2012: 
US$2.54 or US$10.15 per ADS) (2011: US$2.20 or US$8.80 per ADS) and the closing share price at December 31, 2013 was 
US$6.28 or US$25.14 per ADS (2012: US$3.61 or US$14.42 per ADS) (2011: US$2.55 or US$10.18 per ADS). The average 
share price for the year ended December 31, 2013 was US$4.79 per ‘A’ Ordinary share or US$19.15 per ADS.  
A summary of the range of prices for the Company’s stock options and warrants for the year ended December 31, 2013 
follows:  

Exercise price range
US$0.66-US$0.99 
US$1.00-US$2.05 
US$2.06-US$2.99 
US$3.00-US$4.79 

Exercise price range
US$2.63-US$3.96 
US$4.00-US$8.20 
US$8.24-US$11.96 
US$12.00-US$19.16 

Outstanding

Exercisable

Weighted-
average
exercise
price

0.69    
1.50    
2.54    
4.16    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

2.23    
3.31    
5.05    
6.35    

Weighted-
average 
exercise 
price

0.69    
1.49    
2.49    
3.25    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

2.23  
3.26  
4.64  
5.39  

No. of 
options/warrants    
74,008    
1,757,242    
1,071,665    
116,000    
3,018,915    

No. of 
options/warrants    
74,008    
2,511,073    
4,348,328    
2,848,000    
9,781,409    

Outstanding

Exercisable

No. of 
options/warrants    
18,502    
627,768    
  1,087,082    
712,000    
  2,445,352    

Weighted-
average
exercise
price

2.76    
6.00    
10.16    
16.64    

107 

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

2.23    
3.31    
5.05    
6.35    

No. of 
options/warrants    
18,502    
439,311    
267,916    
29,000    
754,729    

Weighted-
average 
exercise 
price

2.76    
5.96    
9.96    
  13.00    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

2.23  
3.26  
4.64  
5.39  

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

18.

SHARE OPTIONS AND SHARE WARRANTS (CONTINUED) 

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options and warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013 was 4.96 years 
(2012: 4.34 years).  
A summary of the range of prices for the Company’s stock options and warrants for the year ended December 31, 2012 
follows:  

Exercise price range
US$0.66 – US$0.99 
US$1.00 – US$2.05 
US$2.06 – US$2.99 
US$3.00 – US$4.00 

Exercise price range
US$2.63 – US$3.96 
US$4.00 – US$8.20 
US$8.24 – US$11.96 
US$12.00 – US$16.00 

Outstanding

Exercisable

No. of 
options/warrants    
944,014    
4,206,372    
5,112,332    
164,000    
10,426,718    

Weighted–
average 
exercise price    
0.73    
1.46    
2.49    
3.21    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

3.06    
3.25    
5.40    
6.48    

Weighted–
average 
exercise 
price

0.71    
1.43    
2.21    
  —      

No. of 
options/warrants    
877,346    
2,660,706    
851,000    
—      
4,389,052    

Outstanding

Exercisable

Weighted–
average
exercise
price

2.92    
5.84    
9.96    
12.84    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

3.06    
3.25    
5.40    
6.48    

Weighted–
average 
exercise 
price

2.84    
5.72    
8.84    
  —      

No. of 
options/warrants    
219,337    
665,176    
212,750    
—      
1,097,263    

No. of 
options/warrants    
236,004    
1,051,593    
1,278,083    
41,000    
2,606,680    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

2.98  
2.55  
1.57  
  —    

Weighted-
average
contractual
life 
remaining
(years)

2.98  
2.55  
1.57  
  —    

The recognition and measurement principles of IFRS 2 have been applied to share options granted under the Company’s Share 
Option Plans since November 7, 2002 which have not vested by January 1, 2005 in accordance with IFRS 2.  

108 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

18.

SHARE OPTIONS AND SHARE WARRANTS (CONTINUED) 

Charge for the year under IFRS 2  
The charge for the year is calculated based on the fair value of the options granted which have not yet vested.  
The fair value of the options is expensed over the vesting period of the option. US$2,014,000 was charged to the statement of 
operations in 2013, (2012: US$1,713,000), (2011: US$1,269,000) split as follows:  

Share-based payments – cost of sales
Share-based payments – selling, general and administrative
Total 

December 31,
2013 
US$‘000

December 31, 
2012 
US$‘000 

December 31,
2011 
US$‘000

36    
1,978    
2,014    

38    
1,675    
1,713    

34  
1,235  
1,269  

The total share based payments charge for the year was US$3,303,000. However, a total of US$1,289,000 (2012: US$927,000) 
(2011: US$278,000) of share based payments were capitalised in intangible development project assets during the year.  
The fair value of services received in return for share options granted are measured by reference to the fair value of share 
options granted. The estimate of the fair value of services received is measured based on a trinomial model. The following are 
the input assumptions used in determining the fair value of share options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011:  

Weighted average fair value at 
measurement date per ‘A’ 
share / (per ADS) 
Total ‘A’ share options 

granted / 

(ADS’s equivalent) 
Weighted average share price 
per ‘A’ share / (per ADS) 

Weighted average exercise 
price per ‘A’ share / (per 
ADS) 

Weighted average expected 
volatility
Weighted average expected life   
Weighted average risk free 
interest rate
Expected dividend yield

Key 
management 
personnel
2013
US$1.64 / 
(US$6.56) 

Other
employees
2013
US$2.69 /
(US$10.76)

Key
management
personnel
2012
US$1.21 /
(US$4.84)

Other
employees
2012
US$1.18 /
(US$4.72)

Key 
management
personnel
2011
—  

2,540,000 / 
(635,000) 

487,652/
(121,913)

2,540,000 /
(635,000) 

1,558,000/
(389,500)

US$4.21 / 
(US$16.85)  
US$4.21 / 
(US$16.85)

US$4.75 /
(US$19.00)  
US$2.45 /
(US$9.80)

US$2.52 /
(US$10.08)  
US$2.52 /
(US$10.08)

US$2.67 /
(US$10.68)  
US$2.67 /
(US$10.68)

49.69%

12.06%

62.54%

62.02%

4.80
0.90%

4.09
0.27%

4.88
0.87%

4.18
0.61%

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

Other
employees
2011
US$1.25 /
(US$5.00)

514,000 /
(128,500)

US$2.37 /
(US$9.48)
US$2.37 /
(US$9.48)

66.30%

4.52
1.50%

1%   

1%   

1%   

1%   

—  

1%

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. 
The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility (calculated based on the expected life of the options). The Group has 
considered how future experience may affect historical volatility. The profile and activities of the Group are not expected to 
change in the immediate future and therefore Trinity Biotech would expect estimated volatility to be consistent with historical 
volatility.  

109 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

19.

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

Trade payables 
Payroll taxes 
Employee related social insurance 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred consideration
Deferred income 

December 31, 2013
US$’000

December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

8,154    
310    
208    
9,362    
1,953    
144    
20,131    

4,525  
283  
202  
6,564  
151  
99  
11,824  

The deferred consideration payable arises as a result of the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB in 2012 and Phoenix Biotech 
in 2011, and is shown net of deferred interest expense of US$11,000.  
Accrued liabilities include US$1,080,000 relating to contracted licence payments for HIV-2 licence.  

20.

PROVISIONS 

Provisions 

Movement on provisions during the year is as follows:  

Balance at January 1 
Additional provisions related to acquisitions 
Balance at December 31

December 31, 2013
US$’000

75    

December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

50  

December 31, 2013
US$’000

December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

50    
25    
75    

50  
—    
50  

During 2013 the Group experienced no significant product warranty claims. However, the Group believes that it is appropriate 
to retain a product warranty provision to cover any future claims. The provision at December 31, 2013 represents the estimated 
cost of product warranties, the exact amount which cannot be determined. US$75,000 represents management’s best estimate 
of these obligations at December 31, 2013.  

21. OTHER PAYABLES DUE AFTER ONE YEAR 

Other payables 
Deferred Consideration

December 31, 2013
US$’000

December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

3,055    
1,541    
4,596    

1,000  
3,318  
4,318  

The deferred consideration payable arises as a result of the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics AB in 2012 and is shown net of 
deferred interest expense of US$36,000. For further information on the acquisition of Fiomi Diagnostics, please refer to Note 
22.  
Other payables in 2013 are entirely comprised of amounts relating to contracted licence payments for HIV-2 licence.  
Other payables in 2012 are entirely comprised of amounts relating to contracted technology licence payments arising as a result 
of the Fiomi Diagnostics acquisition (see note 22).  

110 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

22.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 
2013 Acquisitions  
In 2013, the Group acquired Immco Diagnostics (‘Immco’) and the Blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd.  

Immco Diagnostics  
The Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Immco Diagnostics Inc. for US$32,883,000. Immco is headquartered in 
Buffalo, New York, and employs 90 people. It specializes in the development, manufacture and sale of autoimmune test kits on 
a worldwide basis. This product line is complemented by specialized reference laboratory services in diagnostic immunology, 
pathology and immunogenetics, marketed to US-based reference laboratories and hospitals. Immco has a wholly-owned 
Canadian subsidiary, Nova Century Scientific Inc.  
Autoimmune diseases are now the second leading cause of chronic illness and the leading cause of death amongst women over 
65. Immco is positioned in the lower throughput, speciality autoimmune segment of the market, where the competition is 
limited to a small number of key players, principally Bio-Rad, Werfen-Inova and Phadia. Immco offers a comprehensive range 
of more than 120 products across all the main autoimmune segments. The principal autoimmune conditions in this segment are 
Rheumatoid Arthritis, Vasculitis, Lupus, Celiac and Crohn’s disease, Ulcerative Colitis, Neuropathy, Hashimoto’s and Graves 
disease. Meanwhile, the two key technologies employed are Immunoflourescence (IFA) and Immunoassay (EIA). Prior to 
acquisition by Trinity Biotech, Immco sold its products through a network of distributors, mainly outside the US. Immco’s 
very low level of sales in the US was due to a lack of FDA product approvals and a sales force. However, Immco has in the last 
two years succeeded in harmonizing its complete IFA and EIA product ranges, virtually all of which have now been FDA 
510K cleared.  
The consideration comprised the following:  
•

  An up-front cash payment of US$31,652,000,  
  Share options in Trinity Biotech ADSs which vested immediately and were “in the money” upon vesting. The fair value 

•

was US$1,121,000 as at the acquisition date and, 

  5,566 Trinity Biotech ADSs with a fair value of US$110,000 as at the acquisition date. 

•
Goodwill recognised during 2013 in respect of the Immco acquisition amounted to US$20,365,000 and comprised:  

Immco Diagnostic 
Property, plant & equipment 
Intangible assets 
Trade & other receivables 
Inventory 
Cash 
Deferred tax asset 

Trade & other payables 
Taxes payable 
Loan liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 

*Purchase Consideration
Cash Paid 
Shares and share options transferred as part of 

consideration 

Total Purchase Consideration 

Book values
US$’000

Fair value
adjustments
US$’000

Fair value
US$’000

Purchase 
Consideration*
US$’000 

Goodwill
US$’000

(355)  
10,211    
(549)  
(927)  
—      
(9) 
8,371    
—      
—      
—      
(3,063)  
(3,063)  

1,277    
10,567    
2,888    
1,611    
2,282    
—    
18,625    
(1,686)  
(403)  
(955)  
(3,063)  
(6,107)  
12,518    

1,632    
356    
3,437    
2,538    
2,282    
9  
10,254    
(1,686)  
(403)  
(955)  
—      
(3,044)  

US$ ‘000

31,652    

1,231    
32,883    

111 

32,883    

 20,365  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

22.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED) 

The gross contractual value of trade and other receivables as at the date of acquisition amounted to US$3,730,000. The fair 
value of these receivables is US$2,888,000 (all of which is expected to be recoverable) and is inclusive of an aggregate 
allowance for impairment of US$841,000.  
The fair value of intangible assets was estimated using the discounted cash flow method of the income approach. Under this 
method, an intangible asset’s fair value is equal to the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the 
intangible asset over its remaining useful life. To calculate fair value, we estimated the present value of cash flows discounted 
at rates commensurate with the inherent risks associated with that type of asset. The valuation model used to estimate the fair 
value of the intangible assets reflects significant assumptions regarding the estimates a market participant would make, 
including (a) the estimated net revenues, (b) market size and market growth projections, (c) royalty percentage, and (d) a 
discount rate. The Group recognised US$10,567,000 of intangible assets as part of the Immco acquisition.  
The principal factor contributing to the recognition of goodwill of US$20,365,000 on acquisition is the realisation of synergies 
with existing entities in the Group which do not qualify for separate recognition as intangible assets. In particular, there is a 
major opportunity to grow Immco’s revenues in the US by leveraging both the Group’s existing installed base and its sales 
force. Secondly, the combination of the Group’s existing infectious diseases products with Immco’s autoimmune products will 
create a portfolio effect which will be to the benefit of both product lines. Lastly, the addition of the reference laboratory will 
be beneficial for new product introduction and obtaining human samples. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.  
Transaction costs of US$153,000 have been expensed during the year and are included within selling, general and 
administrative expenses. No contingent liabilities were recognised on the acquisition.  
Immco has recorded post-acquisition revenue, including revenues for existing Trinity Biotech products, of US$5,999,000 and a 
profit of US$95,000. The revenues and profit of the Group for the financial year determined in accordance with IFRS as 
though the acquisition had been at the beginning of the year would have been as follows:  

Revenues 
Group Profit for the financial year 

US$’000  
 99,396  
  9,983  

Blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd  
The blood bank screening business of Lab21 Ltd was acquired by a newly incorporated Group entity, Trinity Biotech (UK) 
Ltd., for cash consideration of US$7,456,000. The business consists of a range of products for the screening of syphilis, 
malaria and cytomegalovirus (CMV) in blood donations. Located in Cambridge and Newmarket in the United Kingdom, the 
business employs 45 people between the two sites. The products, comprising very high quality TPHA, RPR and ELISA tests, 
have an excellent balance between sensitivity and specificity and compete in a market which has limited competition. The 
syphilis products have a market share of over 75% of the syphilis blood bank markets in the UK, France, Germany, 
Netherlands, Switzerland, Austria and Belgium. The malaria test is well positioned to avail of the increase in malaria blood 
bank testing in the developed world given the increased prevalence of malaria as a result of foreign travel. The CMV product 
was launched in late 2012 and has excellent revenue growth prospects. The Group plans to replicate the European success in 
other countries and more particularly in the US, where it intends to immediately submit the products for FDA approval.  

112 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

22.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED) 

Goodwill recognised during 2013 in respect of the blood bank screening business acquisition amounted to US$6,063,000 and 
comprised:  

Blood bank screening business
Property, plant & equipment 
Intangible assets 
Inventory 

Trade & other payables 
Deferred tax liability 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 

Book values
US$’000

153    
  —      
76    
229    
  —      
  —      
  —      

Fair value
adjustments
US$’000

Fair value
US$’000

Purchase 
Consideration
US$’000      

Goodwill
US$’000

(49)  
1,772    
9    
1,732    
(199) 
(369)  
(568)  

104    
1,772    
85    
1,961    
(199) 
(369)  
(568)  
1,393    

7,456    

  6,063  

The fair value of intangible assets was estimated using the discounted cash flow method of the income approach. Under this 
method, an intangible asset’s fair value is equal to the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the 
intangible asset over its remaining useful life. To calculate fair value, we estimated the present value of cash flows discounted 
at rates commensurate with the inherent risks associated with that type of asset. The valuation model used to estimate the fair 
value of the intangible assets reflects significant assumptions regarding the estimates a market participant would make, 
including (a) the estimated net revenues, (b) market size and market growth projections, (c) royalty percentage, and (d) a 
discount rate. The Group recognised US$1,772,000 of intangible assets as part of the blood banking business acquisition.  
The principal factor contributing to the recognition of goodwill of US$6,063,000 on acquisition is the realisation of cost 
savings and other synergies with existing entities in the Group which do not qualify for separate recognition as intangible 
assets. In 2014, the production activities of the business will be transferred from its existing manufacturing facilities in the UK 
to the Group’s current facilities in Bray, Ireland and Jamestown, New York. This will result in significant operational synergies 
and efficiencies.  
Transaction costs of US$163,000 have been expensed during the year and are included within selling, general and 
administrative expenses. No contingent liabilities were recognised on the acquisition.  
The blood bank screening business has recorded post-acquisition revenues of US$2,445,000 and a loss of US$1,054,000. The 
revenues and profit of the Group for the financial year determined in accordance with IFRS as though the acquisition had been 
at the beginning of the year would have been as follows:  

Revenues 
Group Profit for the financial year 

US$’000  
 94,125  
  9,069  

2012 Acquisition  
In February, 2012, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Fiomi Diagnostics AB (‘Fiomi’).  
Fiomi, which is based in Uppsala, Sweden, is at an advanced stage in developing a range of point-of-care cardiac assays based 
on micro-pillar technology. This technology is capable of providing extremely sensitive, highly reproducible, quantitative, 
multiplexed results making it significantly more accurate than the current established point-of-care tests in the market.  

113 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

22.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED) 

Goodwill recognised during 2012 in respect of the Fiomi Diagnostics AB acquisition amounted to US$7,061,000 and 
comprised:  

Fiomi Diagnostics AB 
Property, plant & equipment 
Intangible assets 
Trade & other receivables 
Cash 

Trade & other payables 
Other non-current liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 

*Purchase Consideration
Cash Paid 
Shares Transferred as part of consideration 
Contingent consideration liability (net present 

value) 

Total Purchase Consideration 

Book values
US$’000

Fair value
adjustments
US$’000

Fair value
US$’000

Purchase 
Consideration*
US$’000 

Goodwill
US$’000

—      
4,348    
—      
—      
4,348    
—      
—      
(1,131)  
(1,131)  

43    
8,478    
78    
44    
8,643    
(646)  
(1,000)  
(1,131)  
(2,777)  
5,866    

43    
4,130    
78    
44    
4,295    
(646)  
(1,000)  
—      
(1,646)  

US$ ‘000  
5,624  
4,070    

3,233    
12,927    

12,927    

  7,061  

Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the previous owners of Fiomi are entitled to additional consideration which is 
based on the CE Marking, FDA submission and approval of a Troponin I assay. At the acquisition date, the net present value of 
this contingent consideration was estimated to be US$3,233,000 (net of interest of $182,000) and this remains the most likely 
outcome as at December 31, 2013.  
The fair value of the in-process research and development (IPR&D) intangible asset was estimated using the discounted cash 
flow method of the income approach. Under this method, an intangible asset’s fair value is equal to the present value of the 
after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the intangible asset over its remaining useful life. To calculate fair value, we 
estimated the present value of cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the inherent risks associated with that type of 
asset. The valuation model used to estimate the fair value of the IPR&D reflects significant assumptions regarding the 
estimates a market participant would make in order to evaluate a diagnostic assay development asset, including (a) the 
estimated net revenues, (b) market size and market growth projections, (c) royalty percentage, and (d) a discount rate. The 
major risks and uncertainties associated with the timely and successful completion of the IPR&D projects include legal risk 
and regulatory risk. The Group recognised US$4,348,000 of IPR&D as part of the Fiomi acquisition.  
Development of the Troponin I cardiac assay requires various levels of in-house and external testing, clinical trials and 
approvals from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it could be commercialized in the U.S. or other 
territories. Assuming successful results in clinical trials and regulatory approval, the Group expects to commercially launch the 
cardiac assay in 2014. The estimated costs to complete the project represent management’s best estimate of expected costs, but 
are subject to change based on additional information to be received as development activities advance.  
IPR&D is tested annually for impairment (see Note 1(viii)). We did not recognise any impairment charges related to IPR&D 
during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  

114 

  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

22.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED) 

The fair value of the trade and other receivables amounted to US$78,000 (i.e. the book value on the date of acquisition). None 
of the trade and other receivables was impaired as all of these receivables were collected by the Company.  
Trade and other payables were valued at US$646,000 and other non-current liabilities, comprising contracted licence fees for 
technology, were valued at US$1,000,000.  
The goodwill of US$7,061,000 represented the future economic benefits arising from the acquisition that have not been 
individually identified and separately recognised. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax 
purposes.  
Transaction costs of US$90,000 were expensed in 2012 and are included within selling, general and administrative expenses.  
During 2013, Fiomi was engaged entirely in the development of its point-of-care cardiac marker assays and, as such, all costs 
incurred by Fiomi during the year were capitalised to these projects. Fiomi has yet to make its first commercial sale and did not 
contribute to the Group’s revenue in 2012 or 2013. As a result of these factors, Fiomi did not contribute to the Group’s profit 
for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.  
The key terms of the acquisition are as follows:  
  An up-front cash payment of US$5.6m;  
•
  The transfer of 408,000 Trinity Biotech ADS’s as at the acquisition date (fair value of US$4.1m); and  
  Contingent cash consideration of US$3.4m.  

•

•

2011 Acquisition  
In January 2011, the Group acquired 100% of the common stock of Phoenix Bio-tech Corporation. Phoenix Bio-tech 
manufactures and sells products for the detection of syphilis.  
Phoenix Bio-tech was founded in 1992 and is based in Toronto, Canada. It sells its products under the TrepSure and TrepChek 
labels. Prior to the acquisition, Trinity Biotech distributed Phoenix Bio-tech’s syphilis products on a non-exclusive basis in the 
US. The acquisition of Phoenix Bio-tech strengthens Trinity Biotech’s existing range of tests for sexually-transmitted diseases 
and allows the Company to exploit synergies in both manufacturing and distribution. 
Goodwill recognised during 2011 in respect of the Phoenix Bio-tech acquisition amounted to US$1,801,000 and comprised:  

Phoenix Bio-tech 
Property, plant & equipment 
Intangible assets 
Inventory 
Trade & other receivables 
Cash 

Trade & other payables 
Deferred tax liability 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Book values
US$’000  

Fair value
adjustments
US$’000  

Fair value
US$’000  

Purchase 
Consideration*
US$’000 

Goodwill
US$’000  

261    
—      
348    
167  
21    
797    
(26)  
—      
(26)  

(102)  
490    
(138)  
—    
—      
250    
(13)  
(137)  
(150)  

159    
490    
210    
167    
21    
1,047    
(39)  
(137)  
(176)  
871    

115 

2,672    

1,801  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

22.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED) 

*Purchase Consideration 
Cash Payable 
Contingent consideration liability 
Total Purchase Consideration 

US$ ‘000  
2,500  
172  
2,672  

Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the previous owners of Phoenix Bio-tech are entitled to additional consideration 
based on the growth of the acquired products in the 5 year period after the date of acquisition. At the acquisition date, the net 
present value of this contingent consideration was estimated to be US$172,000. The contingent consideration liability reduced 
by US$22,000 during 2012 to US$150,000 due to a payment made in respect of 2011 sales. The contingent consideration 
liability reduced by US$25,000 during 2013 to US$125,000 due to a payment made in respect of 2012 sales. As at 
December 31, 2013 there was no change in the range of outcomes expected in respect of the contingent consideration.  

23.

(a)

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Capital Commitments 
The Group has no capital commitments authorised and contracted for as at December 31, 2013 (2012: US$Nil).  

(b)

Leasing Commitments 

The Group leases a number of premises under operating leases. The leases typically run for periods up to 25 years. Lease 
payments are reviewed periodically (typically on a 5 year basis) to reflect market rentals. Operating lease commitments 
payable during the next 12 months amount to US$3,510,000 (2012: US$2,699,000) payable on leases of buildings at Dublin 
and Bray, Ireland, Jamestown, Buffalo and Amherst, New York, Acton, Massachusetts, Carlsbad, California, Uppsala, Sweden, 
Cambridge and Newmarket, UK, and Sao Paulo, Brazil. US$328,000 (2012: US$317,000) of these operating lease 
commitments relates to leases whose remaining term will expire within one year, US$881,000 (2012: US$123,000) relates to 
leases whose remaining term expires between one and two years, US$692,000 (2012: US$719,000) between two and five years 
and the balance of US$1,610,000 (2012: US$1,540,000) relates to leases which expire after more than five years. See Note 24 
for related party leasing arrangements.  
Future minimum operating lease commitments with non-cancellable terms in excess of one year are as follows:  

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Later years 
Total lease obligations

116 

Year ended 
2013 
Operating leases 
US$’000

3,510  
2,961  
2,537  
2,010  
1,610  
19,833  
32,461  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

23.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED) 

2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
Later years 
Total lease obligations

Year ended 
2012 
Operating leases 
US$’000

2,699  
2,371  
2,071  
1,737  
1,540  
20,520  
30,938  

(c)

Bank Security 

The Group repaid in full its bank borrowings in April 2010, at which point all previous charges against Group assets were 
released. The Group had no bank borrowings as at December 31, 2013.  

(d)

Section 17 Guarantees 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17, Irish Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities 
of Trinity Biotech Manufacturing Limited, Trinity Research Limited, Benen Trading Limited and Trinity Biotech Financial 
Services Limited subsidiary undertakings in the Republic of Ireland, for the financial year to December 31, 2013 and, as a 
result, these subsidiary undertakings have been exempted from the filing provisions of Section 17, Irish Companies 
(Amendment) Act, 1986. Where the Company enters into these guarantees of the indebtedness of other companies within its 
Group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. The Company treats the 
guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the company will be required to make a 
payment under the guarantee. The Company does not enter into financial guarantees with third parties. 

(e)

Government Grant Contingencies 

The Group has received training and employment grant income from Irish development agencies. Subject to existence of 
certain conditions specified in the grant agreements, this income may become repayable. No such conditions existed as at 
December 31, 2013. However if the income were to become repayable, the maximum amounts repayable as at December 31, 
2013 would amount to US$3,483,000 (2012: US$3,333,000).  

(f)

Litigation 

In 2010, Laboratoires Nephrotek, formerly a distributor for Trinity Biotech, took a legal action in France against the Group, 
claiming damages of US$0.8 million. They claimed that certain instruments supplied by Trinity Biotech did not operate 
properly in the field. In 2013, Trinity Biotech successfully defended this claim in the French courts. Nephrotek are in the 
process of appealing this decision. There are also a small number of legal cases being brought against the Group by certain of 
its former employees in the previously owned French subsidiary, Trinity Biotech France S.à.r.l. The ultimate resolution of the 
aforementioned proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows.  

24.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
The Group has related party relationships with its subsidiaries, and with its directors and executive officers.  

Leasing arrangements with related parties  
The Group has entered into various arrangements with JRJ Investments (“JRJ”), a partnership owned by Mr O’Caoimh and Dr 
Walsh, directors of the Company, to provide for current and potential future needs to extend its premises at IDA Business Park, 
Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland.  

117 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

24.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED) 

In November 2004, the Group entered into an agreement for a 25 year lease with JRJ for offices that have been constructed 
adjacent to its premises at IDA Business Park, Bray, Co. Wicklow, Ireland. The annual rent of €381,000 (US$506,000) is 
payable from January 1, 2004. There was a rent review performed on this premises in 2009 and further to this review, there 
was no change to the annual rental charge.  
In December 2007, the Group entered into an agreement with Mr. O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh pursuant to which the Group took a 
lease on an additional 43,860 square foot manufacturing facility in Bray, Ireland at a rate of €17.94 per square foot (including 
fit out) giving a total annual rent of €787,000 (US$1,044,000).  
Trinity Biotech and its directors (excepting Mr O’Caoimh and Dr Walsh who express no opinion on this point) believe that the 
arrangements entered into represent a fair and reasonable basis on which the Group can meet its ongoing requirements for 
premises. At December 31, 2013 rental payments outstanding amounted to US$248,000 (2012: US$Nil).  

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group  
At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the key management personnel of the Group were made up of four key 
personnel: the three executive directors; Mr. Ronan O’Caoimh, Mr. Rory Nealon and Dr. Jim Walsh and Mr. Kevin Tansley, 
our Chief Financial Officer/Company Secretary.  

Compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013 of these personnel is detailed below:  

Short-term employee benefits 
Performance related bonus
Post-employment benefits
Share-based compensation benefits 

December 31, 2013  

US$’000

December 31, 2012 
US$’000

1,938    
374    
95    
2,263    
4,670    

1,473  
481  
304  
1,689  
3,947  

Note 5 includes non executive directors’ fees of US$315,000 (2012: US$300,000) and share-based compensation benefits of 
US$235,000 (2012: US$177,000). Note 5 excludes the compensation costs of the Chief Financial Officer comprising total 
remuneration of US$507,000 (2012: US$476,000) and share-based compensation of US$490,000 (2012: US$367,000). Total 
directors’ remuneration is also included in “personnel expenses” (Note 6). On March 30, 2011, the service agreement with 
Ronan O’Caoimh as Chief Executive Officer was terminated and replaced by an agreement with Darnick Company, a company 
wholly-owned by members of Mr. O’Caoimh’s immediate family. Directors’ compensation includes payments made to 
Darnick Company.  

Directors’ and Company Secretary’s interests in the Company’s shares and share option plan  

At January 1, 2013 
Exercised 
Granted 
Expired Options 
Shares purchased/(sold) during the year 
At December 31, 2013

At January 1, 2012 
Exercised 
Granted 
Expired Options 
Shares purchased/(sold) during the year 
At December 31, 2012

118 

‘A’ Ordinary Shares  

5,723,306    
220,000    
—      
—    
(13,000) 
5,930,306    

‘A’ Ordinary Shares  

5,534,706    
235,000    
—      
—      
(46,400)  
5,723,306    

Share options  
  6,703,759  
 (2,055,000) 
  2,540,000  
—    
—    
  7,188,759  

Share options  
  5,753,759  
 (1,590,000) 
  2,540,000  
—    
—    
  6,703,759  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

24.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED) 

Rayville Limited, an Irish registered company, which is wholly owned by the three executive directors and certain other 
executives of the Group, owns all of the ‘B’ non-voting Ordinary Shares in Trinity Research Limited, one of the Group’s 
subsidiaries. The ‘B’ shares do not entitle the holders thereof to receive any assets of the company on a winding up. All of the 
‘A’ voting ordinary shares in Trinity Research Limited are held by the Group. Trinity Research Limited may, from time to 
time, declare dividends to Rayville Limited and Rayville Limited may declare dividends to its shareholders out of those 
amounts. Any such dividends paid by Trinity Research Limited are ordinarily treated as a compensation expense by the Group 
in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, notwithstanding their legal form of dividends to 
minority interests, as this best represents the substance of the transactions.  
There were no director loans advanced during 2013 or 2012.  
In June 2009, the Board approved the payment of a dividend of $2,830,000 by Trinity Research Limited to Rayville Limited on 
the ‘B’ shares held by it. This amount was then lent back by Rayville to Trinity Research Limited. As the dividend is matched 
by a loan from Rayville Limited to Trinity Research Limited which is repayable solely at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee of the Board and is unsecured and interest free, the Group netted the dividend paid to Rayville Limited against the 
corresponding loan from Rayville Limited in the 2012 and 2013 consolidated financial statements.  
The amount of payments to Rayville included in compensation expense was US$Nil, US$231,000 and US$1,422,000 for 2013, 
2012 and 2011 respectively, of which US$Nil, US$206,000 and US$1,395,000 respectively related to the key management 
personnel of the Group. There were no dividends payable to Rayville Limited as at December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The Group uses a range of financial instruments (including cash, finance leases, receivables, payables and derivatives) to fund 
its operations. These instruments are used to manage the liquidity of the Group in a cost effective, low-risk manner. Working 
capital management is a key additional element in the effective management of overall liquidity. The Group does not trade in 
financial instruments or derivatives. The main risks arising from the utilization of these financial instruments are interest rate 
risk, liquidity risk and credit risk.  

Interest rate risk  
Effective and repricing analysis  
The following table sets out all interest-earning financial assets and interest bearing financial liabilities held by the Group at 
December 31, indicating their effective interest rates and the period in which they re-price:  

As at December 31, 2013
Cash and cash equivalents 
Finance lease receivable 
Deferred Consideration 
Licence payments 
Total 

As at December 31, 2012
Cash and cash equivalents 
Finance lease receivable 
Deferred Consideration 
Total 

Effective
interest 
rate

   Note

Total
US$’000  

6 mths or less
US$’000

16     
15     
   19, 21     
   19, 21     

0.1%   22,317    
1,598    
4.2%  
(3,369)  
3.1%  
(4,135)  
3.0%  
  16,411    

22,317    
267    
(1,828)  
—  
20,756    

6-12 mths 
US$’000  

1-2 years 
US$’000  
—         —      
247      
428    
—         (1,541)  
(1,080)     (1,049)  
(833)     (2,162)  

2-5 years
US$’000  
  —    
656  
  —    
  (2,006) 
  (1,350) 

Effective
interest 
rate

Total
US$’000  

   Note

16     
15     
19     

2.5%   74,947    
1,223    
4.1%  
(3,318)  
3.1%  
  72,852    

119 

6 mths or less
US$’000

1-2 years 
6-12 mths 
US$’000  
US$’000  
14,905     60,042       —      
193      
341    
—         (3,318)  
15,103     60,235       (2,977)  

198    
—      

2-5 years
US$’000  
  —    
491  
  —    
491  

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Year-end cash and cash equivalents amounted to US$22,317,000 (2012: US$74,947,000) which attracted an average rate of 
interest of 0.1% (2012: 2.5%).  
In broad terms, a one-percentage point increase in interest rates would increase interest income by US$223,000 (2012: 
US$749,000) and would not affect the interest expense (2012: nil impact also) resulting in an increase in net interest income of 
US$223,000 (2012: increase in net interest income of US$749,000).  

Interest rate profile of financial assets / liabilities  
The interest rate profile of financial assets/liabilities of the Group was as follows:  

Fixed rate instruments
Fixed rate financial liabilities (deferred 

consideration) 

Fixed rate financial liabilities (licence fees) 
Financial assets (cash and short-term deposits)
Financial assets (finance lease receivables) 
Variable rate instruments
Financial assets (cash and short-term deposits)

December 31, 2013
US$ ‘000

December 31, 2012 
US$ ‘000 

(3,369) 
(4,135)  
13,283    
1,598    

9,034    
16,411    

(3,318) 
—    
60,042  
1,223  

14,905  
72,852  

In 2013 and 2012, the fixed rate financial liabilities relating to deferred consideration arises as a result of the Fiomi acquisition 
(see Note 22). The weighted average interest rate and weighted average period for which the rate is fixed is as follows:  

Fixed rate financial liabilities (deferred 

consideration) 

Weighted average interest rate 
Weighted average period for which rate is fixed

December 31, 2013  

December 31, 2012  

3.1% 

0.55 years  

3.1% 

1.52 years  

Financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (see Note 16).  

Fair value sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments  
The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. Therefore a change in 
interest rates at December 31, 2013 would not affect profit or loss.  

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments  
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have no effect on profit or loss for the period. This 
assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.  

Interest rates used for determining fair value  
The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows, where applicable, based on observable market rates plus a premium 
which reflects the risk profile of the Group at the reporting date, were as follows:  

Deferred Consideration

December 31, 2013  

December 31, 2012  

3.1%  

3.1% 

There was no significant difference between the fair value and carrying value of the Group’s trade receivables and trade and 
other payables at December 31, 2013 and December, 31 2012 as all fell due within 6 months.  

120 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Liquidity risk  
The Group’s operations are cash generating. Short-term flexibility is achieved through the management of the Group’s short-
term deposits.  
The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:  

As at December 31, 2013 
US$’000 
Financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables 

As at December 31, 2012 
US$’000 
Financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables 

Carrying
amount 
US$’000     

Contractual
cash flows 
US$’000     

6 mths or
less 
US$’000     

6 mths – 
12 mths 
US$’000     

1-2 years 
US$’000     

2-5 years
US$’000  

 24,727    
 24,727    

24,727    
24,727    

20,131    
20,131    

—      
—      

  4,596    
  4,596    

  —    
  —    

Carrying
amount 
US$’000     

Contractual
cash flows 
US$’000     

6 mths or
less 
US$’000     

6 mths – 
12 mths 
US$’000     

1-2 years 
US$’000     

2-5 years
US$’000  

 16,142    
 16,142    

16,142    
16,142    

11,824    
11,824    

—      
—      

  4,318    
  4,318    

  —    
  —    

Foreign exchange risk  
The majority of the Group’s activities are conducted in US Dollars. The primary foreign exchange risk arises from the 
fluctuating value of the Group’s Euro denominated expenses as a result of the movement in the exchange rate between the US 
Dollar and the Euro. Arising from this, where considered necessary, the Group pursues a treasury policy which aims to sell US 
Dollars forward to match a portion of its uncovered Euro expenses at exchange rates lower than budgeted exchange rates. 
These forward contracts are primarily cashflow hedging instruments whose objective is to cover a portion of these Euro 
forecasted transactions. Forward contracts normally have maturities of less than one year after the balance sheet date. There 
were no forward contracts in place as at December 31, 2013.  
Foreign currency short term financial assets and liabilities which expose the Group to currency risk are disclosed below. The 
amounts shown are those reported to key management translated into US Dollars at the closing rate:  

As at 31 December 2013
Cash 
Trade and other receivable 
Trade and other payables 
Total exposure 

As at 31 December 2012
Cash 
Trade and other receivable 
Trade and other payables 
Total exposure 

EUR
US$‘000

GBP
US$‘000

SEK 
US$‘000  

271    
2,528    
(1,673)  
1,126    

416    
1,193    
(615)  
994    

6    
626    
(789)  
(157)  

EUR
US$‘000  

GBP
US$‘000  

SEK 
US$‘000  

958    
1,480  
(1,860) 
578    

135    
210  
(45) 
300    

214    
202    
(2,117)  
(1,701)  

CAD 
US$‘000  

817    
522    
(104)  
  1,235    

CAD 
US$‘000  
  —      
  —      
  —      
  —      

Other
US$‘000

114  
172  
(62) 
224  

Other
US$‘000  
8  
  —    
(12) 
(4) 

121 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

The Group states its forward exchange contracts at fair value in the balance sheet. The Group classifies its forward exchange 
contracts as hedging forecasted transactions and thus accounts for them as cash flow hedges. During 2013 and 2012, changes in 
the fair value of these contracts were recognised in equity and then in the case of contracts which were exercised during 2013 
and 2012, the cumulative gain or losses were transferred to the statement of operations.  
There were no forward exchange contracts in place at December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.  

Sensitivity analysis  
A 10% strengthening of the US Dollar against the following currencies at December 31, 2013 would have increased/ 
(decreased) profit or loss and other equity by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in 
particular interest rates, remain constant.  

December 31, 2013
Euro 

December 31, 2012
Euro 

Profit or loss
US$’000

Other equity 
movements 
US$’000   

2,429    

1,325    

—    

—    

A 10% weakening of the US Dollar against the above currencies at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 would have the 
equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain 
constant.  

Credit Risk  
The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. Exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. The Group 
maintains specific provisions for potential credit losses. To date such losses have been within management’s expectations. Due 
to the large number of customers and the geographical dispersion of these customers, the Group has no significant 
concentrations of accounts receivable.  
With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and 
deferred consideration, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter-party, with a maximum exposure 
equal to the carrying amount of these instruments.  
The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents and enters into forward contracts, when necessary, with various financial 
institutions. The Group performs regular and detailed evaluations of these financial institutions to assess their relative credit 
standing. The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents and forward contracts approximate 
their fair value.  

Exposure to credit risk  
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk is as 
follows:  

Third party trade receivables
Finance lease income receivable 
Cash & cash equivalents

Carrying Value
December 31, 2013
US$’000

Carrying Value 
December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

19,762    
1,598    
22,317    
43,677    

12,615  
1,223  
74,947  
88,785  

122 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables and finance lease income receivable by geographic location is as 
follows:  

United States 
Euro-zone countries 
UK 
Other European countries
Other regions 

Carrying Value
December 31, 2013
US$’000

Carrying Value 
December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

12,743    
1,452    
582    
173    
6,410    
21,360    

7,971  
1,343  
262  
112  
4,150  
13,838  

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables and finance lease income receivable by type of customer is as 
follows:  

End-user customers 
Distributors 
Non-governmental organisations 

Carrying Value
December 31, 2013
US$’000

Carrying Value 
December 31, 2012 
US$’000 

9,738    
10,847    
775    
21,360    

5,841  
7,657  
340  
13,838  

Due to the large number of customers and the geographical dispersion of these customers, the Group has no significant 
concentrations of accounts receivable.  

Impairment Losses  
The ageing of trade receivables at December 31, 2013 is as follows:  

In thousands of US$
Not past due 
Past due 0-30 days 
Past due 31-120 days 
Greater than 120 days 

Gross
2013
13,913    
3,242    
1,893    
2,864    
21,912    

Impairment
2013

2    
1    
43    
2,104    
2,150    

Gross 
2012

  8,554    
  2,999    
573    
  2,009    
 14,135    

Impairment
2012

30  
5  
2  
1,483  
1,520  

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:  

In thousands of US$
Balance at January 1 
Charged to costs and expenses
Related to acquisitions 
Charged to other accounts 
Amounts recovered during the year 
Amounts written off during the year 
Balance at December 31 

2013  
1,520    
62    
700    
  —      
   —      
(132)  
2,150    

2012  
 1,507    
72    
  —      
  —      
  —      
(59)  
 1,520    

2011  
 1,443  
64  
  —    
  499  
(86) 
  (413) 
 1,507  

The allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables is used to record impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied 
that no recovery of the account owing is possible. At this point the amount is considered irrecoverable and is written off against 
the financial asset directly.  

123 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Capital Management  
The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to 
sustain future development of the business. The Board of Directors monitors earnings per share as a measure of performance, 
which the Group defines as profit after tax divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.  
Following the divestiture of the Coagulation product line in 2010, the Group eliminated all bank debt. In the past, the Group 
has funded acquisitions using both equity and long term debt depending on the size of the acquisition and the capital structure 
in place at the time of the acquisition.  
Although at December 31, 2013 the Group has no debt, it maintains a relationship with a number of lending banks and Trinity 
Biotech is listed on the NASDAQ which allows the Group to raise funds through equity financing where necessary.  
The Board of Directors is authorised to purchase its own shares on the market on the following conditions;  
•

  the aggregate nominal value of the shares authorised to be acquired shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate nominal value 

of the issued share capital of the Company at the close of business on the date of the passing of the resolution: 

•

•

  the minimum price (exclusive of taxes and expenses) which may be paid for a share shall be the nominal value of that 
share:  
  the maximum price (exclusive of taxes and expenses) which may be paid for a share shall not be more than the average of 
the closing bid price on NASDAQ in respect of the ten business days immediately preceding the day on which the share 
is purchased.  

Fair Values  
The table below sets out the Group’s classification of each class of financial assets/liabilities and their fair values:  

December 31, 2013 
Trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Finance lease receivable 
Net Deferred Consideration Payable (‘Fiomi’) 
Other Payables 
Deferred Consideration (Phoenix Bio-tech) 
Trade and other payables (excluding deferred revenue)
Provisions 

   Note

Loans and
receivables     

Liabilities at 
amortised cost  

Total 
carrying 
amount

Fair
Value

15   
16
  13, 15  
   19, 21   
21   
22   
19   
20   

19,762    
22,317    
1,598    
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
43,677    

—      
—      
—      
(3,369)  
(3,055)  
(125)  
(18,034)  
(75)  
(24,658)  

  19,762    
  22,317    
  1,598    
  (3,369)  
  (3,055)  
(125)  
 (18,034)  
(75)  
  19,019    

  19,762  
  22,317  
  1,598  
  (3,369) 
  (3,055) 
(125) 
 (18,034) 
(75) 
  19,019  

At December 31, 2013 consideration payable of US$3,369,000 and other payables relating to licence fees of US$3,055,000 are 
valued using Level 2 inputs. All other items are valued using Level 1 inputs. Valuation methods for Levels 1, 2 and 3 are 
described in the “fair value hierarchy” section of the accounting policies, see Note 1(xxvi).  

124 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

25. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

December 31, 2012 
Trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Finance lease receivable 
Net Deferred Consideration Payable (‘Fiomi’) 
Other Payables 
Deferred Consideration (Phoenix Bio-tech) 
Trade and other payables (excluding deferred revenue)
Provisions 

   Note

Loans and
receivables     

Liabilities at 
amortised cost  

Total 
carrying 
amount

Fair
Value

15   
16   
   13, 15   
  19, 21  
21
22   
19   
20   

12,615    
74,947    
1,223    
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
88,785    

—      
—      
—      
(3,318)  
(1,000)  
(150)  
(11,574)  
(50)  
(16,092)  

  12,615    
  74,947    
  1,223    
  (3,318)  
  (1,000)  
(150)  
 (11,574)  
(50)  
  72,693    

  12,615  
  74,947  
  1,223  
  (3,318) 
  (1,000) 
(150) 
 (11,574) 
(50) 
  72,693  

At December 31, 2012 consideration payable of US$3,318,000 is valued using Level 2 inputs. All other items are valued using 
Level 1 inputs. Valuation methods for Levels 1, 2 and 3 are described in the “fair value hierarchy” section of the accounting 
policies, see Note 1(xxvi).  

26. DIVIDENDS PAID 

A dividend of 20 cents per ADS was approved and paid during 2013 in respect of the 2012 financial year (15 cents per ADS 
approved and paid in 2012 in respect of the 2011 financial year).  

Declared and paid during the year:
Dividends on ordinary shares: 
Final dividend in respect of FY 2013: US$0.05 per ‘A’ share (US$0.20 per ADS) (FY 2012: 

US$0.15). 

2013 
US$’000    

2012 
US$’000

  4,373    

  3,224  

The dividend payable in respect of the 2013 financial year will be proposed by the Directors prior to the next AGM, to be held 
in June 2014.  

27.

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS 

There are no other matters or circumstances that have arisen since the end of the year that have significantly affected or may 
significantly affect either:  
•

  The entity’s operations in future financial years;  
  The results of those operations in future financial years; or 

•

•

  The entity’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

125 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

28. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS 

The preparation of these financial statements requires the Group to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported 
amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.  
On an on-going basis, the Group evaluates these estimates, including those related to intangible assets, contingencies and 
litigation. The estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different 
assumptions or conditions.  

Key sources of estimation uncertainty  
Note 11 contains information about the assumptions and the risk factors relating to goodwill impairment. Note 18 outlines 
information regarding the valuation of share options and warrants. Note 22 outlines the valuation techniques used by the 
Company in determining the fair value of business combinations. In Note 25, detailed analysis is given about the interest rate 
risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange risk of the Group.  

Critical accounting judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies  
Certain critical accounting judgements in applying the group’s accounting policies are described below:  

Research and development expenditure  
Under IFRS as adopted by the EU, we write-off research and development expenditure as incurred, with the exception of 
expenditure on projects whose outcome has been assessed with reasonable certainty as to technical feasibility, commercial 
viability and recovery of costs through future revenues. Such expenditure is capitalised at cost within intangible assets and 
amortised over its expected useful life of 15 years, which commences when commercial production starts.  
Acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) is valued at its fair value at acquisition date in accordance with IFRS 
3. The Company determines this fair value by adopting the income approach valuation technique. Once the fair value has been 
determined, the Company will recognise the IPR&D as an intangible asset when it: (a) meets the definition of an asset and 
(b) is identifiable (i.e. is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights).  
Factors which impact our judgement to capitalise certain research and development expenditure include the degree of 
regulatory approval for products and the results of any market research to determine the likely future commercial success of 
products being developed. We review these factors each year to determine whether our previous estimates as to feasibility, 
viability and recovery should be changed.  

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill  
Definite lived intangible assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment annually while goodwill and indefinite lived assets 
are tested for impairment annually, individually or at the cash generating unit level.  
Factors considered important, as part of an impairment review, include the following:  
•

  Significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;  
  Significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business;  
  Obsolescence of products; 

•

•

•

•

  Significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and 

  Our market capitalisation relative to net book value. 

When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles, non-current assets and related goodwill may not be recoverable 
based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, any impairment is measured based on our 
estimates of projected net discounted cash flows expected to result from that asset, including eventual disposition. Our 
estimated impairment could prove insufficient if our analysis overestimated the cash flows or conditions change in the future.  

126 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

28. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Allowance for slow-moving and obsolete inventory  
We evaluate the realisability of our inventory on a case-by-case basis and make adjustments to our inventory provision based 
on our estimates of expected losses. We write-off any inventory that is approaching its “use-by” date and for which no further 
re-processing can be performed. We also consider recent trends in revenues for various inventory items and instances where 
the realisable value of inventory is likely to be less than its carrying value.  

Allowance for impairment of receivables  
We make judgements as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and where necessary make allowances for impairment. 
Such impairments are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding receivables. In determining the 
allowance, we analyse our historical collection experience and current economic trends. If the historical data we use to 
calculate the allowance for impairment of receivables does not reflect the future ability to collect outstanding receivables, 
additional allowances for impairment of receivables may be needed and the future results of operations could be materially 
affected.  

Accounting for income taxes  
Significant judgement is required in determining our worldwide income tax expense provision. In the ordinary course of a 
global business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Some of these 
uncertainties arise as a consequence of revenue sharing and cost reimbursement arrangements among related entities, the 
process of identifying items of revenue and expense that qualify for preferential tax treatment and segregation of foreign and 
domestic income and expense to avoid double taxation. In addition, we operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are 
subject to audits in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues that may require an extended period of time for 
resolution. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these 
matters will not be different than that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Such differences 
could have a material effect on our income tax provision and profit in the period in which such determination is made. In 
management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made.  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined for the effects of net operating losses and temporary differences between the 
book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates projected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies 
in assessing whether deferred tax assets can be recognised, there is no assurance that these deferred tax assets may be 
realisable. The extent to which recognised deferred tax assets are not realisable could have a material adverse impact on our 
income tax provision and net income in the period in which such determination is made.  
Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements outlines the basis for the deferred tax assets and liabilities and includes details 
of the unrecognised deferred tax assets at year end. The Group derecognised deferred tax assets arising on unused tax losses 
except to the extent that there are sufficient taxable temporary differences relating to the same taxation authority and the same 
taxable entity which will result in taxable amounts against which the unused tax losses can be utilized before they expire. The 
derecognition of these deferred tax assets was considered appropriate in light of the increased tax losses caused by the 
restructuring and uncertainty over the timing of the utilization of the tax losses. Except for the derecognition of deferred tax 
assets there were no material changes in estimates used to calculate the income tax expense provision during 2013, 2012 or 
2011.  

127 

  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

29. GROUP UNDERTAKINGS 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Trinity Biotech plc and the following principal 
subsidiary undertakings:  

Name and registered office
Trinity Biotech plc 
IDA Business Park, Bray 
Co. Wicklow, Ireland 
Trinity Biotech Manufacturing Limited 
IDA Business Park, Bray 
Co. Wicklow, Ireland 
Trinity Research Limited 
IDA Business Park, Bray 
Co. Wicklow, Ireland 
Benen Trading Limited 
IDA Business Park, Bray 
Co. Wicklow, Ireland 

Trinity Biotech Manufacturing Services 

Limited 

IDA Business Park, Bray 
Co. Wicklow, Ireland 

Trinity Biotech Luxembourg Sarl
49, route d’Arlon, 
L-1140 Luxembourg 
Trinity Biotech Inc 
Girts Road, 
Jamestown, 
NY 14702, USA 
Clark Laboratories Inc 
Trading as Trinity Biotech (USA) 
Girts Road, Jamestown 
NY14702, USA 
Mardx Diagnostics Inc 
5919 Farnsworth Court 
Carlsbad 
CA 92008, USA 

Fitzgerald Industries International, Inc
2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 
Wilmington, New Castle 
Delaware, 19808, USA 
Biopool US Inc (trading as Trinity Biotech 
Distribution) 
Girts Road, Jamestown 
NY14702, USA 
Primus Corporation 
4231 E 75  Terrace 
th
Kansas City, 
MO 64132, USA 

Principal activity
Investment and holding 
company

Manufacture and sale of
diagnostic test kits

Research and
development

Trading

Principal Country of 
incorporation and 
operation

Ireland  

Group % holding
Holding
company

Ireland  

100% 

Ireland  

100% 

Ireland  

100% 

Engineering services

Ireland  

100% 

Investment and provision
of financial services

Luxembourg  

100% 

Holding Company

U.S.A.  

100% 

Manufacture and sale of
diagnostic test kits

U.S.A.  

100% 

Manufacture and sale of
diagnostic test kits

U.S.A.  

100% 

Management services
company

U.S.A.  

100% 

Sale of diagnostic test kits

U.S.A.  

100% 

Manufacture and sale of
diagnostic test kits and 
instrumentation

128 

U.S.A.  

100% 

  
  
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2013  

29. GROUP UNDERTAKINGS (CONTINUED) 

Name and registered office
Phoenix Bio-tech Corp. 
1166 South Service Road West 
Oakville, ON L6L 5T7 
Canada. 
Fiomi Diagnostics Holding AB 
Dag Hammarskjöldsv 52A 
SE-752 37 Uppsala 
Sweden 
Fiomi Diagnostics AB 
Dag Hammarskjöldsv 52A 
SE-752 37 Uppsala 
Sweden 
Trinity Biotech Do Brasil 
Rua Claudio Soares 
Sao Paulo 
Brazil 
Trinity Biotech (UK) Ltd 
184 Cambridge Science Park 
Cambridge CB4 0GA 
United Kingdom 
(Incorporated July 11, 2013) 
Immco Diagnostics Inc 
60 Pineview Drive 
Buffalo 
NY 14228, USA 
(Acquired July 26, 2013) 
Nova Century Scientific Inc 
5022 South Service Road 
Burlington 
Ontario 
Canada 
(Acquired July 26, 2013) 

Principal activity
Manufacture and sale of
diagnostic test kits

Principal Country of 
incorporation and 
operation

Canada  

Group % holding  

100% 

Holding Company

Sweden  

100% 

Research and
development

Sweden  

100% 

Sale of diagnostic test kits

Brazil  

100% 

Manufacture of blood
bank screening products

UK  

100% 

Manufacture and sale of
autoimmune products

U.S.A.  

100% 

Manufacture and sale of
autoimmune products

Canada  

100% 

30. AUTHORISATION FOR ISSUE 

These Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on April 9, 2014.  

129 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised 
the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.  

Signatures

TRINITY BIOTECH PLC

By:  /s/ RONAN O’CAOIMH 
  Mr Ronan O’Caoimh
  Director/
  Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 9, 2014

By:  /s/ KEVIN TANSLEY 
  Mr Kevin Tansley
  Company secretary/
Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 9, 2014

130 

  
  
  
Item 19 Exhibits 

Exhibit No. 
  4.1

Description of Exhibit
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 26, 2013 with Immco Diagnostics, Inc.

  4.2

10(c)

12.1

12.2

13.1

13.2

15.1

Fiomi Diagnostics AB Share Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) of Trinity Biotech 
Plc’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).

Purchase and Sale Agreement of the Diagnostic Coagulation Business (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10c 
of Trinity Biotech Plc’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010).

Certification by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (GT)

131 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Exhibit 12.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

I, Ronan O’Caoimh, certify that:  
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Trinity Biotech plc;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:  
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period 
covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over 
financial reporting.  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors:  
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which 
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarise and report financial information; and  

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: April 9, 2014  

/s/ RONAN O’CAOIMH* 
Ronan O’Caoimh
Chief Executive Officer

* The originally executed copy of this Certification will be maintained at the Company’s offices and will be made available for 

inspection upon request. 

  
  
Exhibit 12.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

I, Kevin Tansley, certify that:  
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Trinity Biotech plc;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:  
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and  

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period 
covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over 
financial reporting.  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting to the registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors:  
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarise and report financial information; and  

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: April 9, 2014  

/s/ KEVIN TANSLEY * 
Kevin Tansley
Chief Financial Officer

* The originally executed copy of this Certification will be maintained at the Company’s offices and will be made available for 

inspection upon request. 

  
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 13.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of Trinity Biotech plc (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2013 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ronan O’Caoimh, Chief Executive Officer 
of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of 

operations of the Company.  

/s/ RONAN O’CAOIMH * 
Ronan O’Caoimh
Chief Executive Officer

April 9, 2014  

* The originally executed copy of this Certification will be maintained at the Company’s offices and will be made available for 

inspection upon request. 

  
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 13.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of Trinity Biotech plc (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2013 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kevin Tansley, Chief Financial Officer of 
the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of 

operations of the Company.  

/s/ KEVIN TANSLEY* 
Kevin Tansley
Chief Financial Officer

April 9, 2014  

* The originally executed copy of this Certification will be maintained at the Company’s offices and will be made available for 

inspection upon request. 

  
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Exhibit 15.1 

The Board of Directors  
Trinity Biotech plc  

We have issued our reports dated April 9, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over 
financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Trinity Biotech plc on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013. We 
hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the following Registration Statements of Trinity Biotech plc:  

Form Type
Form S-8 
Form S-8 
Form S-8 
Form S-8 
Form S-8 
Form S-8 

Grant Thornton  
Dublin, Ireland  

April 9, 2014  

File Number     
33-76384    
333-220    
333-7762    
333-124384    
333-166590    
333-182279    

Effective Date  
  3/14/1994  
  1/10/1996  
 10/10/1997  
  4/28/2005  
  5/6/2010  
  6/22/2012